- Timestamp:
- Nov 12, 2012, 7:37:04 PM (13 years ago)
- File:
-
- 1 edited
Legend:
- Unmodified
- Added
- Removed
-
branches/samba-3.5.x/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smb.conf.5.html
r736 r739 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smb.conf</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smb.conf"><a name="smb.conf.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smb.conf — The configuration file for the Samba suite</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SYNOPSIS"><a name="id2 66327"></a><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smb.conf</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" title="smb.conf"><a name="smb.conf.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smb.conf — The configuration file for the Samba suite</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SYNOPSIS"><a name="id292031"></a><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p> 2 2 The <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file is a configuration file for the Samba suite. <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> contains runtime configuration information for the Samba programs. The 3 3 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file is designed to be configured and administered by the … … 27 27 which may be given as yes/no, 1/0 or true/false. Case is not significant in boolean values, but is preserved 28 28 in string values. Some items such as create masks are numeric. 29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SECTION DESCRIPTIONS"><a name="id2 66888"></a><h2>SECTION DESCRIPTIONS</h2><p>29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SECTION DESCRIPTIONS"><a name="id281214"></a><h2>SECTION DESCRIPTIONS</h2><p> 30 30 Each section in the configuration file (except for the [global] section) describes a shared resource (known as 31 31 a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">share</span>”</span>). The section name is the name of the shared resource and the parameters within the … … 70 70 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok = yes</a> 71 71 </pre><p> 72 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SPECIAL SECTIONS"><a name="id26 5957"></a><h2>SPECIAL SECTIONS</h2><div class="refsect2" title="The [global] section"><a name="id265962"></a><h3>The [global] section</h3><p>72 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SPECIAL SECTIONS"><a name="id266348"></a><h2>SPECIAL SECTIONS</h2><div class="refsect2" title="The [global] section"><a name="id266354"></a><h3>The [global] section</h3><p> 73 73 Parameters in this section apply to the server as a whole, or are defaults for sections that do not 74 74 specifically define certain items. See the notes under PARAMETERS for more information. … … 161 161 <code class="literal">printcap name = lpstat</code> to automatically obtain a list of printers. See the 162 162 <code class="literal">printcap name</code> option for more details. 163 </p></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="USERSHARES"><a name="id30 7273"></a><h2>USERSHARES</h2><p>Starting with Samba version 3.0.23 the capability for non-root users to add, modify, and delete163 </p></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="USERSHARES"><a name="id305380"></a><h2>USERSHARES</h2><p>Starting with Samba version 3.0.23 the capability for non-root users to add, modify, and delete 164 164 their own share definitions has been added. This capability is called <span class="emphasis"><em>usershares</em></span> and 165 165 is controlled by a set of parameters in the [global] section of the smb.conf. … … 185 185 to the global 186 186 section of your <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. Members of the group foo may then manipulate the user defined shares 187 using the following commands.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]</span></dt><dd><p>To create or modify (overwrite) a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare delete sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To delete a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare list wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To list user defined shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare info wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To print information about user defined shares.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="PARAMETERS"><a name="id30 7466"></a><h2>PARAMETERS</h2><p>Parameters define the specific attributes of sections.</p><p>187 using the following commands.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]</span></dt><dd><p>To create or modify (overwrite) a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare delete sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To delete a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare list wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To list user defined shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare info wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To print information about user defined shares.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="PARAMETERS"><a name="id305573"></a><h2>PARAMETERS</h2><p>Parameters define the specific attributes of sections.</p><p> 188 188 Some parameters are specific to the [global] section (e.g., <span class="emphasis"><em>security</em></span>). Some parameters 189 189 are usable in all sections (e.g., <span class="emphasis"><em>create mask</em></span>). All others are permissible only in normal … … 197 197 find them! Where there are synonyms, the preferred synonym is described, others refer to the preferred 198 198 synonym. 199 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS"><a name="id30 7505"></a><h2>VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS</h2><p>199 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS"><a name="id305611"></a><h2>VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS</h2><p> 200 200 Many of the strings that are settable in the config file can take substitutions. For example the option 201 201 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">path = /tmp/%u</span>”</span> is interpreted as <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">path = /tmp/john</span>”</span> if the user connected with the … … 306 306 If the service is a guest service, a connection is made as the username given in the <code class="literal">guest account 307 307 =</code> for the service, irrespective of the supplied password. 308 </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="REGISTRY-BASED CONFIGURATION"><a name="id30 8130"></a><h2>REGISTRY-BASED CONFIGURATION</h2><p>308 </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="REGISTRY-BASED CONFIGURATION"><a name="id306237"></a><h2>REGISTRY-BASED CONFIGURATION</h2><p> 309 309 Starting with Samba version 3.2.0, the capability to 310 310 store Samba configuration in the registry is available. … … 361 361 accessing the database file, circumventing the 362 362 server. 363 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER"><a name="id30 8284"></a><h2>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</h2><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="section" title="abort shutdown script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308293"></a>363 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER"><a name="id306390"></a><h2>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</h2><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="section" title="abort shutdown script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306400"></a> 364 364 365 365 abort shutdown script (G) 366 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 8294"></a><a name="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that366 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306401"></a><a name="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that 367 367 should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT" target="_top">shutdown script</a>.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>, 368 368 right, this command will be run as root.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>abort shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">""</code> … … 370 370 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>abort shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/sbin/shutdown -c</code> 371 371 </em></span> 372 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="access based share enum (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 8368"></a>372 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="access based share enum (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306474"></a> 373 373 374 374 access based share enum (S) 375 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 8369"></a><a name="ACCESSBASEDSHAREENUM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for a375 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306475"></a><a name="ACCESSBASEDSHAREENUM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for a 376 376 service, then the share hosted by the service will only be visible 377 377 to users who have read or write access to the share during share … … 382 382 computing enumeration access rights.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>access based share enum</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 383 383 </em></span> 384 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="acl check permissions (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 8412"></a>384 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="acl check permissions (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306518"></a> 385 385 386 386 acl check permissions (S) 387 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 8413"></a><a name="ACLCHECKPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls what <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>does on receiving a protocol request of "open for delete"387 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306519"></a><a name="ACLCHECKPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls what <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>does on receiving a protocol request of "open for delete" 388 388 from a Windows client. If a Windows client doesn't have permissions to delete a file then they 389 389 expect this to be denied at open time. POSIX systems normally only detect restrictions on delete by … … 405 405 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl check permissions</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 406 406 </em></span> 407 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="acl compatibility (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 8483"></a>407 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="acl compatibility (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306590"></a> 408 408 409 409 acl compatibility (G) 410 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 8484"></a><a name="ACLCOMPATIBILITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies what OS ACL semantics should410 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306591"></a><a name="ACLCOMPATIBILITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies what OS ACL semantics should 411 411 be compatible with. Possible values are <span class="emphasis"><em>winnt</em></span> for Windows NT 4, 412 412 <span class="emphasis"><em>win2k</em></span> for Windows 2000 and above and <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>. … … 417 417 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl compatibility</code></em> = <code class="literal">win2k</code> 418 418 </em></span> 419 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="acl group control (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 8550"></a>419 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="acl group control (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306657"></a> 420 420 421 421 acl group control (S) 422 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 8552"></a><a name="ACLGROUPCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>422 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306658"></a><a name="ACLGROUPCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 423 423 In a POSIX filesystem, only the owner of a file or directory and the superuser can modify the permissions 424 424 and ACLs on a file. If this parameter is set, then Samba overrides this restriction, and also allows the … … 447 447 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl group control</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 448 448 </em></span> 449 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="acl map full control (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 8632"></a>449 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="acl map full control (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306738"></a> 450 450 451 451 acl map full control (S) 452 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 8633"></a><a name="ACLMAPFULLCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>452 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306740"></a><a name="ACLMAPFULLCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 453 453 This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> maps a POSIX ACE entry of "rwx" (read/write/execute), the maximum 454 454 allowed POSIX permission set, into a Windows ACL of "FULL CONTROL". If this parameter is set to true any POSIX … … 458 458 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl map full control</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 459 459 </em></span> 460 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 8680"></a>460 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306786"></a> 461 461 462 462 add group script (G) 463 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 8681"></a><a name="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>463 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306787"></a><a name="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 464 464 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a new group is requested. It 465 465 will expand any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> to the group name passed. This script is only useful … … 471 471 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/groupadd %g</code> 472 472 </em></span> 473 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add machine script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 8750"></a>473 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add machine script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306857"></a> 474 474 475 475 add machine script (G) 476 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 8751"></a><a name="ADDMACHINESCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>476 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306858"></a><a name="ADDMACHINESCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 477 477 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run by 478 478 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a machine is … … 485 485 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add machine script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/adduser -n -g machines -c Machine -d /var/lib/nobody -s /bin/false %u</code> 486 486 </em></span> 487 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add port command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 8823"></a>487 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add port command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306929"></a> 488 488 489 489 add port command (G) 490 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 8824"></a><a name="ADDPORTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Samba 3.0.23 introduced support for adding printer ports490 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id306930"></a><a name="ADDPORTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Samba 3.0.23 introduced support for adding printer ports 491 491 remotely using the Windows "Add Standard TCP/IP Port Wizard". 492 492 This option defines an external program to be executed when … … 497 497 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add port command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/samba/scripts/addport.sh</code> 498 498 </em></span> 499 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="addprinter command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 8901"></a>499 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="addprinter command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307009"></a> 500 500 501 501 addprinter command (G) 502 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 8902"></a><a name="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing502 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307010"></a><a name="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing 503 503 support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, The MS Add 504 504 Printer Wizard (APW) icon is now also available in the … … 531 531 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>addprinter command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/addprinter</code> 532 532 </em></span> 533 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add share command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 9076"></a>533 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add share command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307184"></a> 534 534 535 535 add share command (G) 536 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 9077"></a><a name="ADDSHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>536 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307185"></a><a name="ADDSHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 537 537 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 538 538 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> is used to define an external program … … 566 566 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/addshare</code> 567 567 </em></span> 568 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add user script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 9253"></a>568 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add user script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307360"></a> 569 569 570 570 add user script (G) 571 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 9254"></a><a name="ADDUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>571 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307361"></a><a name="ADDUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 572 572 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by 573 573 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> … … 604 604 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u</code> 605 605 </em></span> 606 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add user to group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 9441"></a>606 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="add user to group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307548"></a> 607 607 608 608 add user to group script (G) 609 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 9442"></a><a name="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>609 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307549"></a><a name="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 610 610 Full path to the script that will be called when a user is added to a group using the Windows NT domain administration 611 611 tools. It will be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> … … 619 619 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add user to group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/adduser %u %g</code> 620 620 </em></span> 621 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="administrative share (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 9524"></a>621 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="administrative share (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307631"></a> 622 622 623 623 administrative share (S) 624 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 9526"></a><a name="ADMINISTRATIVESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> for624 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307632"></a><a name="ADMINISTRATIVESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> for 625 625 a share, then the share will be an administrative share. The Administrative 626 626 Shares are the default network shares created by all Windows NT-based … … 629 629 information about this option.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>administrative share</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 630 630 </em></span> 631 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="admin users (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 9577"></a>631 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="admin users (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307684"></a> 632 632 633 633 admin users (S) 634 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 9578"></a><a name="ADMINUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users who will be granted634 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307685"></a><a name="ADMINUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users who will be granted 635 635 administrative privileges on the share. This means that they 636 636 will do all file operations as the super-user (root).</p><p>You should use this option very carefully, as any user in … … 641 641 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>admin users</code></em> = <code class="literal">jason</code> 642 642 </em></span> 643 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="afs share (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 9646"></a>643 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="afs share (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307752"></a> 644 644 645 645 afs share (S) 646 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 9647"></a><a name="AFSSHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether special AFS features are enabled646 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307753"></a><a name="AFSSHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether special AFS features are enabled 647 647 for this share. If enabled, it assumes that the directory exported via 648 648 the <em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> parameter is a local AFS import. The … … 651 651 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>afs share</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 652 652 </em></span> 653 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="afs username map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 9690"></a>653 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="afs username map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307797"></a> 654 654 655 655 afs username map (G) 656 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 9691"></a><a name="AFSUSERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you are using the fake kaserver AFS feature, you might656 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307798"></a><a name="AFSUSERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you are using the fake kaserver AFS feature, you might 657 657 want to hand-craft the usernames you are creating tokens for. 658 658 For example this is necessary if you have users from several domain … … 664 664 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>afs username map</code></em> = <code class="literal">%u@afs.samba.org</code> 665 665 </em></span> 666 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="aio read size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 9749"></a>666 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="aio read size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307856"></a> 667 667 668 668 aio read size (S) 669 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 9750"></a><a name="AIOREADSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this669 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307857"></a><a name="AIOREADSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this 670 670 integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 671 671 Samba will read from file asynchronously when size of request is bigger … … 678 678 request size</code> 679 679 </em></span> 680 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="aio write behind (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 9827"></a>680 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="aio write behind (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307934"></a> 681 681 682 682 aio write behind (S) 683 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 9828"></a><a name="AIOWRITEBEHIND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support,683 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id307935"></a><a name="AIOWRITEBEHIND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support, 684 684 Samba will not wait until write requests are finished before returning 685 685 the result to the client for files listed in this parameter. … … 696 696 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio write behind</code></em> = <code class="literal">/*.tmp/</code> 697 697 </em></span> 698 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="aio write size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 9898"></a>698 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="aio write size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308005"></a> 699 699 700 700 aio write size (S) 701 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 9899"></a><a name="AIOWRITESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this701 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308006"></a><a name="AIOWRITESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this 702 702 integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 703 703 Samba will write to file asynchronously when size of request is bigger … … 710 710 request size</code> 711 711 </em></span> 712 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="algorithmic rid base (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id30 9976"></a>712 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="algorithmic rid base (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308083"></a> 713 713 714 714 algorithmic rid base (G) 715 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id30 9977"></a><a name="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This determines how Samba will use its715 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308084"></a><a name="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This determines how Samba will use its 716 716 algorithmic mapping from uids/gid to the RIDs needed to construct 717 717 NT Security Identifiers. … … 728 728 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>algorithmic rid base</code></em> = <code class="literal">100000</code> 729 729 </em></span> 730 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="allocation roundup size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 10041"></a>730 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="allocation roundup size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308148"></a> 731 731 732 732 allocation roundup size (S) 733 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 10042"></a><a name="ALLOCATIONROUNDUPSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an administrator to tune the733 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308149"></a><a name="ALLOCATIONROUNDUPSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an administrator to tune the 734 734 allocation size reported to Windows clients. The default 735 735 size of 1Mb generally results in improved Windows client … … 743 743 # (to disable roundups)</code> 744 744 </em></span> 745 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="allow trusted domains (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 10101"></a>745 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="allow trusted domains (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308208"></a> 746 746 747 747 allow trusted domains (G) 748 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 10102"></a><a name="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>748 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308209"></a><a name="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 749 749 This option only takes effect when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security</a> option is set to 750 750 <code class="constant">server</code>, <code class="constant">domain</code> or <code class="constant">ads</code>. … … 761 761 can make implementing a security boundary difficult.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>allow trusted domains</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 762 762 </em></span> 763 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="announce as (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 10166"></a>763 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="announce as (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308272"></a> 764 764 765 765 announce as (G) 766 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 10167"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEAS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what type of server <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse766 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308273"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEAS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what type of server <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse 767 767 list. By default this is set to Windows NT. The valid options 768 768 are : "NT Server" (which can also be written as "NT"), … … 776 776 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>announce as</code></em> = <code class="literal">Win95</code> 777 777 </em></span> 778 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="announce version (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 10230"></a>778 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="announce version (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308337"></a> 779 779 780 780 announce version (G) 781 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 10231"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEVERSION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the major and minor version numbers781 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308338"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEVERSION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the major and minor version numbers 782 782 that nmbd will use when announcing itself as a server. The default 783 783 is 4.9. Do not change this parameter unless you have a specific … … 786 786 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>announce version</code></em> = <code class="literal">2.0</code> 787 787 </em></span> 788 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="auth methods (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 10285"></a>788 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="auth methods (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308392"></a> 789 789 790 790 auth methods (G) 791 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 10286"></a><a name="AUTHMETHODS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>791 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308393"></a><a name="AUTHMETHODS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 792 792 This option allows the administrator to chose what authentication methods <code class="literal">smbd</code> 793 793 will use when authenticating a user. This option defaults to sensible values based on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security</a>. … … 810 810 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>auth methods</code></em> = <code class="literal">guest sam winbind</code> 811 811 </em></span> 812 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="available (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 10379"></a>812 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="available (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308486"></a> 813 813 814 814 available (S) 815 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 10380"></a><a name="AVAILABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If815 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308487"></a><a name="AVAILABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If 816 816 <em class="parameter"><code>available = no</code></em>, then <span class="emphasis"><em>ALL</em></span> 817 817 attempts to connect to the service will fail. Such failures are 818 818 logged.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>available</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 819 819 </em></span> 820 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="bind interfaces only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 10425"></a>820 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="bind interfaces only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308532"></a> 821 821 822 822 bind interfaces only (G) 823 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 10426"></a><a name="BINDINTERFACESONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter allows the Samba admin823 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308533"></a><a name="BINDINTERFACESONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter allows the Samba admin 824 824 to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve SMB requests. It 825 825 affects file service <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and name service <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> in a slightly different ways.</p><p> … … 862 862 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>bind interfaces only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 863 863 </em></span> 864 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="blocking locks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 10722"></a>864 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="blocking locks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308829"></a> 865 865 866 866 blocking locks (S) 867 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 10724"></a><a name="BLOCKINGLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior867 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308830"></a><a name="BLOCKINGLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior 868 868 of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when given a request by a client 869 869 to obtain a byte range lock on a region of an open file, and the … … 876 876 cannot be obtained.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>blocking locks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 877 877 </em></span> 878 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="block size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 10781"></a>878 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="block size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308888"></a> 879 879 880 880 block size (S) 881 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 10782"></a><a name="BLOCKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when reporting disk free881 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308889"></a><a name="BLOCKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when reporting disk free 882 882 sizes. By default, this reports a disk block size of 1024 bytes. 883 883 </p><p>Changing this parameter may have some effect on the … … 893 893 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>block size</code></em> = <code class="literal">4096</code> 894 894 </em></span> 895 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="browsable"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 10853"></a>895 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="browsable"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308960"></a> 896 896 897 897 <a name="BROWSABLE"></a>browsable 898 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 10854"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#BROWSEABLE">browseable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="browseable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310879"></a>898 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308961"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#BROWSEABLE">browseable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="browseable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308986"></a> 899 899 900 900 browseable (S) 901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 10880"></a><a name="BROWSEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether this share is seen in901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id308987"></a><a name="BROWSEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether this share is seen in 902 902 the list of available shares in a net view and in the browse list.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>browseable</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 903 903 </em></span> 904 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="browse list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 10917"></a>904 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="browse list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309024"></a> 905 905 906 906 browse list (G) 907 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 10918"></a><a name="BROWSELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will serve a browse list to907 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309025"></a><a name="BROWSELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will serve a browse list to 908 908 a client doing a <code class="literal">NetServerEnum</code> call. Normally 909 909 set to <code class="constant">yes</code>. You should never need to change 910 910 this.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>browse list</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 911 911 </em></span> 912 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cache directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 10970"></a>912 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cache directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309076"></a> 913 913 914 914 cache directory (G) 915 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 10971"></a><a name="CACHEDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Usually, most of the TDB files are stored in the <em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em>. Since Samba 3.4.0, it is915 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309078"></a><a name="CACHEDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Usually, most of the TDB files are stored in the <em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em>. Since Samba 3.4.0, it is 916 916 possible to differentiate between TDB files with persistent data and 917 917 TDB files with non-persistent data using the … … 924 924 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cache directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/samba/locks/cache</code> 925 925 </em></span> 926 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="casesignames"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 11043"></a>926 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="casesignames"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309150"></a> 927 927 928 928 <a name="CASESIGNAMES"></a>casesignames 929 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 11044"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="case sensitive (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311070"></a>929 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309151"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="case sensitive (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309176"></a> 930 930 931 931 case sensitive (S) 932 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 11071"></a><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>case sensitive</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code>933 </em></span> 934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="change notify (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 11114"></a>932 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309177"></a><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>case sensitive</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 933 </em></span> 934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="change notify (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309221"></a> 935 935 936 936 change notify (S) 937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 11115"></a><a name="CHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should reply937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309222"></a><a name="CHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should reply 938 938 to a client's file change notify requests. 939 939 </p><p>You should never need to change this parameter</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change notify</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 940 940 </em></span> 941 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="change share command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 11155"></a>941 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="change share command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309262"></a> 942 942 943 943 change share command (G) 944 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 11156"></a><a name="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>944 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309263"></a><a name="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 945 945 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 946 946 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> is used to define an external … … 977 977 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/changeshare</code> 978 978 </em></span> 979 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="check password script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 11325"></a>979 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="check password script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309432"></a> 980 980 981 981 check password script (G) 982 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 11326"></a><a name="CHECKPASSWORDSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to check password982 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309433"></a><a name="CHECKPASSWORDSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to check password 983 983 complexity. The password is sent to the program's standard input.</p><p>The program must return 0 on a good password, or any other value 984 984 if the password is bad. … … 989 989 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>check password script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/crackcheck</code> 990 990 </em></span> 991 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client lanman auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 11393"></a>991 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client lanman auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309500"></a> 992 992 993 993 client lanman auth (G) 994 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 11394"></a><a name="CLIENTLANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba client994 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309501"></a><a name="CLIENTLANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba client 995 995 tools will attempt to authenticate itself to servers using the 996 996 weaker LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only server which support NT … … 1003 1003 attempted.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client lanman auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1004 1004 </em></span> 1005 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client ldap sasl wrapping (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 11462"></a>1005 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client ldap sasl wrapping (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309569"></a> 1006 1006 1007 1007 client ldap sasl wrapping (G) 1008 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 11464"></a><a name="CLIENTLDAPSASLWRAPPING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1008 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309570"></a><a name="CLIENTLDAPSASLWRAPPING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1009 1009 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTLDAPSASLWRAPPING" target="_top">client ldap sasl wrapping</a> defines whether 1010 1010 ldap traffic will be signed or signed and encrypted (sealed). … … 1034 1034 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client ldap sasl wrapping</code></em> = <code class="literal">plain</code> 1035 1035 </em></span> 1036 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client ntlmv2 auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 11568"></a>1036 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client ntlmv2 auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309675"></a> 1037 1037 1038 1038 client ntlmv2 auth (G) 1039 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 11569"></a><a name="CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to1039 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309676"></a><a name="CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 1040 1040 authenticate itself to servers using the NTLMv2 encrypted password 1041 1041 response.</p><p>If enabled, only an NTLMv2 and LMv2 response (both much more … … 1049 1049 responses, and not the weaker LM or NTLM.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client ntlmv2 auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1050 1050 </em></span> 1051 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client plaintext auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 11648"></a>1051 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client plaintext auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309755"></a> 1052 1052 1053 1053 client plaintext auth (G) 1054 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 11649"></a><a name="CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext1054 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309756"></a><a name="CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext 1055 1055 password if the server does not support encrypted passwords.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client plaintext auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1056 1056 </em></span> 1057 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client schannel (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 11686"></a>1057 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client schannel (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309792"></a> 1058 1058 1059 1059 client schannel (G) 1060 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 11687"></a><a name="CLIENTSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1060 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309794"></a><a name="CLIENTSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1061 1061 This controls whether the client offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. 1062 1062 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTSCHANNEL" target="_top">client schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel, … … 1068 1068 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1069 1069 </em></span> 1070 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client signing (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 11761"></a>1070 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client signing (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309868"></a> 1071 1071 1072 1072 client signing (G) 1073 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 11762"></a><a name="CLIENTSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB signing. Possible values1073 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309869"></a><a name="CLIENTSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB signing. Possible values 1074 1074 are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span> 1075 1075 and <span class="emphasis"><em>disabled</em></span>. … … 1079 1079 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 1080 1080 </em></span> 1081 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client use spnego principal (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 11813"></a>1081 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client use spnego principal (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309920"></a> 1082 1082 1083 1083 client use spnego principal (G) 1084 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 11814"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGOPRINCIPAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not1084 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309921"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGOPRINCIPAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not 1085 1085 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba components 1086 1086 acting as a client will attempt to use the server-supplied … … 1095 1095 supply this 'rfc4178 hint' principal on the server side.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client use spnego principal</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1096 1096 </em></span> 1097 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client use spnego (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 11874"></a>1097 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="client use spnego (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309981"></a> 1098 1098 1099 1099 client use spnego (G) 1100 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 11875"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This variable controls whether Samba clients will try1100 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id309982"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This variable controls whether Samba clients will try 1101 1101 to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with 1102 1102 supporting servers (including WindowsXP, Windows2000 and Samba … … 1104 1104 mechanism. This enables Kerberos authentication in particular.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client use spnego</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1105 1105 </em></span> 1106 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cluster addresses (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 1913"></a>1106 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cluster addresses (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310020"></a> 1107 1107 1108 1108 cluster addresses (G) 1109 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 1914"></a><a name="CLUSTERADDRESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With this parameter you can add additional addresses1109 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310021"></a><a name="CLUSTERADDRESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With this parameter you can add additional addresses 1110 1110 nmbd will register with a WINS server. These addresses are not 1111 1111 necessarily present on all nodes simultaneously, but they will … … 1116 1116 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cluster addresses</code></em> = <code class="literal">10.0.0.1 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.3</code> 1117 1117 </em></span> 1118 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="clustering (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 1967"></a>1118 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="clustering (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310074"></a> 1119 1119 1120 1120 clustering (G) 1121 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 1968"></a><a name="CLUSTERING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should contact1121 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310075"></a><a name="CLUSTERING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should contact 1122 1122 ctdb for accessing its tdb files and use ctdb as a backend 1123 1123 for its messaging backend. … … 1126 1126 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>clustering</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1127 1127 </em></span> 1128 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="comment (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 2014"></a>1128 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="comment (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310120"></a> 1129 1129 1130 1130 comment (S) 1131 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 2015"></a><a name="COMMENT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share1131 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310122"></a><a name="COMMENT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share 1132 1132 when a client does a queries the server, either via the network 1133 1133 neighborhood or via <code class="literal">net view</code> to list what shares … … 1138 1138 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> = <code class="literal">Fred's Files</code> 1139 1139 </em></span> 1140 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="config backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 2085"></a>1140 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="config backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310192"></a> 1141 1141 1142 1142 config backend (G) 1143 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 2086"></a><a name="CONFIGBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1143 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310193"></a><a name="CONFIGBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1144 1144 This controls the backend for storing the configuration. 1145 1145 Possible values are <span class="emphasis"><em>file</em></span> (the default) … … 1159 1159 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>config backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">registry</code> 1160 1160 </em></span> 1161 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="config file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 2168"></a>1161 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="config file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310275"></a> 1162 1162 1163 1163 config file (G) 1164 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 2170"></a><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file1164 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310276"></a><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file 1165 1165 to use, instead of the default (usually <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>). 1166 1166 There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set … … 1172 1172 clients).</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>config file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m</code> 1173 1173 </em></span> 1174 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="copy (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 2229"></a>1174 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="copy (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310336"></a> 1175 1175 1176 1176 copy (S) 1177 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 2230"></a><a name="COPY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service1177 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310337"></a><a name="COPY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service 1178 1178 entries. The specified service is simply duplicated under the 1179 1179 current service's name. Any parameters specified in the current … … 1185 1185 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>copy</code></em> = <code class="literal">otherservice</code> 1186 1186 </em></span> 1187 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="create krb5 conf (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 2288"></a>1187 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="create krb5 conf (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310395"></a> 1188 1188 1189 1189 create krb5 conf (G) 1190 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 2289"></a><a name="CREATEKRB5CONF"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1190 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310396"></a><a name="CREATEKRB5CONF"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1191 1191 Setting this paramter to <code class="literal">no</code> prevents 1192 1192 winbind from creating custom krb5.conf files. Winbind normally does … … 1201 1201 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>create krb5 conf</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1202 1202 </em></span> 1203 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="create mode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 2337"></a>1203 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="create mode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310444"></a> 1204 1204 1205 1205 <a name="CREATEMODE"></a>create mode 1206 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 2338"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="create mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312364"></a>1206 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310445"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="create mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310470"></a> 1207 1207 1208 1208 create mask (S) 1209 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 2365"></a><a name="CREATEMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1209 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310472"></a><a name="CREATEMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1210 1210 When a file is created, the necessary permissions are calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to 1211 1211 UNIX permissions, and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this parameter. This parameter may … … 1228 1228 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>create mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0775</code> 1229 1229 </em></span> 1230 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="csc policy (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 2472"></a>1230 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="csc policy (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310579"></a> 1231 1231 1232 1232 csc policy (S) 1233 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 2473"></a><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1233 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310580"></a><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1234 1234 This stands for <span class="emphasis"><em>client-side caching policy</em></span>, and specifies how clients capable of offline 1235 1235 caching will cache the files in the share. The valid values are: manual, documents, programs, disable. … … 1243 1243 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>csc policy</code></em> = <code class="literal">programs</code> 1244 1244 </em></span> 1245 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ctdbd socket (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 2544"></a>1245 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ctdbd socket (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310651"></a> 1246 1246 1247 1247 ctdbd socket (G) 1248 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 2545"></a><a name="CTDBDSOCKET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you set <code class="literal">clustering=yes</code>,1248 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310652"></a><a name="CTDBDSOCKET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you set <code class="literal">clustering=yes</code>, 1249 1249 you need to tell Samba where ctdbd listens on its unix domain 1250 1250 socket. The default path as of ctdb 1.0 is /tmp/ctdb.socket which … … 1254 1254 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ctdbd socket</code></em> = <code class="literal">/tmp/ctdb.socket</code> 1255 1255 </em></span> 1256 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ctdb timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 2603"></a>1256 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ctdb timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310709"></a> 1257 1257 1258 1258 ctdb timeout (G) 1259 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 2604"></a><a name="CTDBTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a timeout in seconds for the1259 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310710"></a><a name="CTDBTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a timeout in seconds for the 1260 1260 connection between Samba and ctdb. It is only valid if you 1261 1261 have compiled Samba with clustering and if you have … … 1283 1283 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ctdb timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 1284 1284 </em></span> 1285 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups connection timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 2670"></a>1285 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups connection timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310777"></a> 1286 1286 1287 1287 cups connection timeout (G) 1288 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 2671"></a><a name="CUPSCONNECTIONTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1288 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310778"></a><a name="CUPSCONNECTIONTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1289 1289 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. 1290 1290 </p><p> … … 1296 1296 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups connection timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">60</code> 1297 1297 </em></span> 1298 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups encrypt (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 2738"></a>1298 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups encrypt (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310845"></a> 1299 1299 1300 1300 cups encrypt (G) 1301 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 2739"></a><a name="CUPSENCRYPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1301 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310846"></a><a name="CUPSENCRYPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1302 1302 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> 1303 1303 is set to <code class="constant">cups</code> and if you use CUPS newer than … … 1312 1312 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups encrypt</code></em> = <code class="literal">"no"</code> 1313 1313 </em></span> 1314 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups options (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 2801"></a>1314 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups options (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310908"></a> 1315 1315 1316 1316 cups options (S) 1317 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 2802"></a><a name="CUPSOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1317 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310909"></a><a name="CUPSOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1318 1318 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is 1319 1319 set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. Its value is a free form string of options … … 1337 1337 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups options</code></em> = <code class="literal">"raw media=a4"</code> 1338 1338 </em></span> 1339 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 2891"></a>1339 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="cups server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310997"></a> 1340 1340 1341 1341 cups server (G) 1342 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 2892"></a><a name="CUPSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1342 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id310998"></a><a name="CUPSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1343 1343 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. 1344 1344 </p><p> … … 1354 1354 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups server</code></em> = <code class="literal">mycupsserver:1631</code> 1355 1355 </em></span> 1356 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="deadtime (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 2983"></a>1356 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="deadtime (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311090"></a> 1357 1357 1358 1358 deadtime (G) 1359 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 2984"></a><a name="DEADTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer)1359 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311091"></a><a name="DEADTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer) 1360 1360 represents the number of minutes of inactivity before a connection 1361 1361 is considered dead, and it is disconnected. The deadtime only takes … … 1369 1369 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>deadtime</code></em> = <code class="literal">15</code> 1370 1370 </em></span> 1371 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug class (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 3054"></a>1371 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug class (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311161"></a> 1372 1372 1373 1373 debug class (G) 1374 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3055"></a><a name="DEBUGCLASS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1374 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311162"></a><a name="DEBUGCLASS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1375 1375 With this boolean parameter enabled, the debug class (DBGC_CLASS) 1376 1376 will be displayed in the debug header. … … 1380 1380 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug class</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1381 1381 </em></span> 1382 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug hires timestamp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 3104"></a>1382 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug hires timestamp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311211"></a> 1383 1383 1384 1384 debug hires timestamp (G) 1385 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3105"></a><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1385 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311212"></a><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1386 1386 Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages are needed with a resolution of higher that seconds, this 1387 1387 boolean parameter adds microsecond resolution to the timestamp message header when turned on. … … 1390 1390 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug hires timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1391 1391 </em></span> 1392 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug pid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 3153"></a>1392 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug pid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311260"></a> 1393 1393 1394 1394 debug pid (G) 1395 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3154"></a><a name="DEBUGPID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1395 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311261"></a><a name="DEBUGPID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1396 1396 When using only one log file for more then one forked <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>-process there may be hard to follow which process outputs which 1397 1397 message. This boolean parameter is adds the process-id to the timestamp message headers in the … … 1401 1401 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug pid</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1402 1402 </em></span> 1403 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug prefix timestamp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 3210"></a>1403 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug prefix timestamp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311317"></a> 1404 1404 1405 1405 debug prefix timestamp (G) 1406 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3211"></a><a name="DEBUGPREFIXTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1406 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311318"></a><a name="DEBUGPREFIXTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1407 1407 With this option enabled, the timestamp message header is prefixed to the debug message without the 1408 1408 filename and function information that is included with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" target="_top">debug timestamp</a> … … 1412 1412 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug prefix timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1413 1413 </em></span> 1414 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="timestamp logs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 3267"></a>1414 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="timestamp logs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311374"></a> 1415 1415 1416 1416 <a name="TIMESTAMPLOGS"></a>timestamp logs 1417 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3268"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug timestamp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313293"></a>1417 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311375"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug timestamp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311400"></a> 1418 1418 1419 1419 debug timestamp (G) 1420 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3294"></a><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1420 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311401"></a><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1421 1421 Samba debug log messages are timestamped by default. If you are running at a high 1422 1422 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGLEVEL" target="_top">debug level</a> these timestamps can be distracting. This … … 1424 1424 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1425 1425 </em></span> 1426 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug uid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 3339"></a>1426 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debug uid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311446"></a> 1427 1427 1428 1428 debug uid (G) 1429 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3340"></a><a name="DEBUGUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1429 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311447"></a><a name="DEBUGUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1430 1430 Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime run as the connected user, this boolean parameter inserts the 1431 1431 current euid, egid, uid and gid to the timestamp message headers in the log file if turned on. … … 1434 1434 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug uid</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1435 1435 </em></span> 1436 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dedicated keytab file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 3388"></a>1436 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dedicated keytab file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311495"></a> 1437 1437 1438 1438 dedicated keytab file (G) 1439 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3389"></a><a name="DEDICATEDKEYTABFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1439 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311496"></a><a name="DEDICATEDKEYTABFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1440 1440 Specifies the path to the kerberos keytab file when 1441 1441 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#KERBEROSMETHOD" target="_top">kerberos method</a> is set to "dedicated … … 1445 1445 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dedicated keytab file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/etc/krb5.keytab</code> 1446 1446 </em></span> 1447 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default case (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 3448"></a>1447 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default case (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311554"></a> 1448 1448 1449 1449 default case (S) 1450 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3449"></a><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>.1450 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311555"></a><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>. 1451 1451 Also note the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE" target="_top">short preserve case</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default case</code></em> = <code class="literal">lower</code> 1452 1452 </em></span> 1453 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default devmode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 3499"></a>1453 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default devmode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311606"></a> 1454 1454 1455 1455 default devmode (S) 1456 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3500"></a><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE" target="_top">printable</a> services.1456 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311607"></a><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE" target="_top">printable</a> services. 1457 1457 When smbd is serving Printer Drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients, each printer on the Samba 1458 1458 server has a Device Mode which defines things such as paper size and … … 1477 1477 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default devmode</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1478 1478 </em></span> 1479 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 3577"></a>1479 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311683"></a> 1480 1480 1481 1481 <a name="DEFAULT"></a>default 1482 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3578"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEFAULTSERVICE">default service</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default service (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313603"></a>1482 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311684"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEFAULTSERVICE">default service</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="default service (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311710"></a> 1483 1483 1484 1484 default service (G) 1485 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3604"></a><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service1485 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311711"></a><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service 1486 1486 which will be connected to if the service actually requested cannot 1487 1487 be found. Note that the square brackets are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> … … 1497 1497 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default service</code></em> = <code class="literal">pub</code> 1498 1498 </em></span> 1499 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="defer sharing violations (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 3696"></a>1499 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="defer sharing violations (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311803"></a> 1500 1500 1501 1501 defer sharing violations (G) 1502 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3698"></a><a name="DEFERSHARINGVIOLATIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1502 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311804"></a><a name="DEFERSHARINGVIOLATIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1503 1503 Windows allows specifying how a file will be shared with 1504 1504 other processes when it is opened. Sharing violations occur when … … 1513 1513 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>defer sharing violations</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 1514 1514 </em></span> 1515 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 3745"></a>1515 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311852"></a> 1516 1516 1517 1517 delete group script (G) 1518 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3746"></a><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will1518 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311853"></a><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will 1519 1519 be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a group is requested to be deleted. 1520 1520 It will expand any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> to the group name passed. … … 1522 1522 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete group script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 1523 1523 </em></span> 1524 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="deleteprinter command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 3799"></a>1524 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="deleteprinter command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id311906"></a> 1525 1525 1526 1526 deleteprinter command (G) 1527 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3800"></a><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer1527 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id311907"></a><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer 1528 1528 support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, it is now 1529 1529 possible to delete a printer at run time by issuing the … … 1543 1543 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>deleteprinter command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/removeprinter</code> 1544 1544 </em></span> 1545 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete readonly (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 3915"></a>1545 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete readonly (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312022"></a> 1546 1546 1547 1547 delete readonly (S) 1548 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3916"></a><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted.1548 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312023"></a><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted. 1549 1549 This is not normal DOS semantics, but is allowed by UNIX.</p><p>This option may be useful for running applications such 1550 1550 as rcs, where UNIX file ownership prevents changing file 1551 1551 permissions, and DOS semantics prevent deletion of a read only file.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete readonly</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1552 1552 </em></span> 1553 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete share command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 3958"></a>1553 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete share command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312065"></a> 1554 1554 1555 1555 delete share command (G) 1556 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 3959"></a><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1556 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312066"></a><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1557 1557 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 1558 1558 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> is used to define an external … … 1580 1580 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/delshare</code> 1581 1581 </em></span> 1582 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete user from group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 4101"></a>1582 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete user from group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312208"></a> 1583 1583 1584 1584 delete user from group script (G) 1585 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 4102"></a><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when1585 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312209"></a><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when 1586 1586 a user is removed from a group using the Windows NT domain administration 1587 1587 tools. It will be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>. … … 1592 1592 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete user from group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/deluser %u %g</code> 1593 1593 </em></span> 1594 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete user script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 4175"></a>1594 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete user script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312282"></a> 1595 1595 1596 1596 delete user script (G) 1597 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 4176"></a><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will1597 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312283"></a><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will 1598 1598 be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when managing users 1599 1599 with remote RPC (NT) tools. … … 1604 1604 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u</code> 1605 1605 </em></span> 1606 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete veto files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 4248"></a>1606 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="delete veto files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312354"></a> 1607 1607 1608 1608 delete veto files (S) 1609 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 4249"></a><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to1609 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312355"></a><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to 1610 1610 delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories 1611 1611 (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOFILES" target="_top">veto files</a> … … 1621 1621 is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete veto files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1622 1622 </em></span> 1623 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dfree cache time (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 4323"></a>1623 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dfree cache time (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312430"></a> 1624 1624 1625 1625 dfree cache time (S) 1626 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 4324"></a><a name="DFREECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1626 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312431"></a><a name="DFREECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1627 1627 The <em class="parameter"><code>dfree cache time</code></em> should only be used on systems where a problem 1628 1628 occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may occur … … 1637 1637 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dfree cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">dfree cache time = 60</code> 1638 1638 </em></span> 1639 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dfree command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 4389"></a>1639 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dfree command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312496"></a> 1640 1640 1641 1641 dfree command (S) 1642 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 4390"></a><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1642 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312497"></a><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1643 1643 The <em class="parameter"><code>dfree command</code></em> setting should only be used on systems where a 1644 1644 problem occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may … … 1678 1678 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dfree command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/dfree</code> 1679 1679 </em></span> 1680 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory mode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 4495"></a>1680 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory mode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312602"></a> 1681 1681 1682 1682 <a name="DIRECTORYMODE"></a>directory mode 1683 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 4496"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314521"></a>1683 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312603"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312628"></a> 1684 1684 1685 1685 directory mask (S) 1686 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 4522"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are1686 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312629"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are 1687 1687 used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX 1688 1688 directories.</p><p>When a directory is created, the necessary permissions are … … 1702 1702 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0775</code> 1703 1703 </em></span> 1704 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory name cache size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 4615"></a>1704 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory name cache size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312722"></a> 1705 1705 1706 1706 directory name cache size (S) 1707 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 4616"></a><a name="DIRECTORYNAMECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1707 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312723"></a><a name="DIRECTORYNAMECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1708 1708 This parameter specifies the the size of the directory name cache. 1709 1709 It will be needed to turn this off for *BSD systems. 1710 1710 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory name cache size</code></em> = <code class="literal">100</code> 1711 1711 </em></span> 1712 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory security mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 4653"></a>1712 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory security mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312760"></a> 1713 1713 1714 1714 directory security mask (S) 1715 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 4654"></a><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits1715 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312761"></a><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits 1716 1716 will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX 1717 1717 permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog … … 1733 1733 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0700</code> 1734 1734 </em></span> 1735 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="disable netbios (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 4741"></a>1735 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="disable netbios (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312848"></a> 1736 1736 1737 1737 disable netbios (G) 1738 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 4742"></a><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support1738 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312849"></a><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support 1739 1739 in Samba. Netbios is the only available form of browsing in 1740 1740 all windows versions except for 2000 and XP. </p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Clients that only support netbios won't be able to … … 1742 1742 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>disable netbios</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1743 1743 </em></span> 1744 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="disable spoolss (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 4785"></a>1744 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="disable spoolss (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312892"></a> 1745 1745 1746 1746 disable spoolss (G) 1747 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 4786"></a><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support1747 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312893"></a><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support 1748 1748 for the SPOOLSS set of MS-RPC's and will yield identical behavior 1749 1749 as Samba 2.0.x. Windows NT/2000 clients will downgrade to using … … 1757 1757 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>disable spoolss</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1758 1758 </em></span> 1759 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="display charset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 4830"></a>1759 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="display charset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312937"></a> 1760 1760 1761 1761 display charset (G) 1762 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 4831"></a><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1762 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id312938"></a><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1763 1763 Specifies the charset that samba will use to print messages to stdout and stderr. 1764 1764 The default value is "LOCALE", which means automatically set, depending on the … … 1769 1769 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>display charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">UTF8</code> 1770 1770 </em></span> 1771 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dmapi support (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 4892"></a>1771 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dmapi support (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312999"></a> 1772 1772 1773 1773 dmapi support (S) 1774 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 4893"></a><a name="DMAPISUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to1774 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313000"></a><a name="DMAPISUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to 1775 1775 determine whether a file is offline or not. This would typically 1776 1776 be used in conjunction with a hierarchical storage system that … … 1787 1787 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dmapi support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1788 1788 </em></span> 1789 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dns proxy (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 4945"></a>1789 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dns proxy (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313052"></a> 1790 1790 1791 1791 dns proxy (G) 1792 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 4946"></a><a name="DNSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and1792 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313053"></a><a name="DNSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and 1793 1793 finding that a NetBIOS name has not been registered, should treat the 1794 1794 NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS name and do a lookup with the DNS server … … 1799 1799 action.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dns proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1800 1800 </em></span> 1801 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="domain logons (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 5004"></a>1801 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="domain logons (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313111"></a> 1802 1802 1803 1803 domain logons (G) 1804 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 5005"></a><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1804 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313112"></a><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1805 1805 If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, the Samba server will 1806 1806 provide the netlogon service for Windows 9X network logons for the … … 1812 1812 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>domain logons</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1813 1813 </em></span> 1814 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="domain master (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 5054"></a>1814 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="domain master (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313161"></a> 1815 1815 1816 1816 domain master (G) 1817 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 5055"></a><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1817 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313162"></a><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1818 1818 Tell <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to enable 1819 1819 WAN-wide browse list collation. Setting this option causes <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to claim a … … 1841 1841 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>domain master</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 1842 1842 </em></span> 1843 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dont descend (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 5221"></a>1843 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dont descend (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313328"></a> 1844 1844 1845 1845 dont descend (S) 1846 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 5222"></a><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems1846 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313329"></a><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems 1847 1847 (e.g., the <code class="filename">/proc</code> tree under Linux) that are either not 1848 1848 of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive). This … … 1855 1855 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dont descend</code></em> = <code class="literal">/proc,/dev</code> 1856 1856 </em></span> 1857 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos charset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 5295"></a>1857 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos charset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313402"></a> 1858 1858 1859 1859 dos charset (G) 1860 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 5296"></a><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has1860 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313403"></a><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has 1861 1861 the same charset as they do. This option specifies which 1862 1862 charset Samba should talk to DOS clients. 1863 1863 </p><p>The default depends on which charsets you have installed. 1864 1864 Samba tries to use charset 850 but falls back to ASCII in 1865 case it is not available. Run <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos filemode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 5334"></a>1865 case it is not available. Run <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos filemode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313440"></a> 1866 1866 1867 1867 dos filemode (S) 1868 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 5335"></a><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide1868 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313442"></a><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide 1869 1869 UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is 1870 1870 able to change the permissions on it. However, this behavior … … 1883 1883 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filemode</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1884 1884 </em></span> 1885 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos filetime resolution (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 5378"></a>1885 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos filetime resolution (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313484"></a> 1886 1886 1887 1887 dos filetime resolution (S) 1888 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 5379"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest1888 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313485"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest 1889 1889 granularity on time resolution is two seconds. Setting this parameter 1890 1890 for a share causes Samba to round the reported time down to the … … 1901 1901 happy.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filetime resolution</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1902 1902 </em></span> 1903 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos filetimes (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 5433"></a>1903 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="dos filetimes (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313540"></a> 1904 1904 1905 1905 dos filetimes (S) 1906 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 5434"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a1906 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313541"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a 1907 1907 file they can change the timestamp on it. Under POSIX semantics, 1908 1908 only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp. By … … 1917 1917 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filetimes</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1918 1918 </em></span> 1919 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ea support (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id265 648"></a>1919 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ea support (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id265863"></a> 1920 1920 1921 1921 ea support (S) 1922 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id265 649"></a><a name="EASUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended1922 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id265864"></a><a name="EASUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended 1923 1923 attributes on a share. In order to enable this parameter the underlying filesystem exported by 1924 1924 the share must support extended attributes (such as provided on XFS and EXT3 on Linux, with the … … 1927 1927 extended attributes must be compiled into the Linux kernel.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ea support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1928 1928 </em></span> 1929 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable asu support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 5602"></a>1929 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable asu support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313708"></a> 1930 1930 1931 1931 enable asu support (G) 1932 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 5603"></a><a name="ENABLEASUSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product1932 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313709"></a><a name="ENABLEASUSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product 1933 1933 require some special accomodations such as creating a builtin [ADMIN$] 1934 1934 share that only supports IPC connections. The has been the default … … 1938 1938 an [ADMIN$] file share in smb.conf.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable asu support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1939 1939 </em></span> 1940 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable core files (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 5642"></a>1940 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable core files (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313749"></a> 1941 1941 1942 1942 enable core files (G) 1943 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 5644"></a><a name="ENABLECOREFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether core dumps should be written1943 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313750"></a><a name="ENABLECOREFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether core dumps should be written 1944 1944 on internal exits. Normally set to <code class="constant">yes</code>. 1945 1945 You should never need to change this. … … 1948 1948 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable core files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1949 1949 </em></span> 1950 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable privileges (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 5699"></a>1950 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable privileges (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313806"></a> 1951 1951 1952 1952 enable privileges (G) 1953 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 5700"></a><a name="ENABLEPRIVILEGES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1953 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313807"></a><a name="ENABLEPRIVILEGES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1954 1954 This parameter controls whether or not smbd will honor privileges assigned to specific SIDs via either 1955 1955 <code class="literal">net rpc rights</code> or one of the Windows user and group manager tools. This parameter is … … 1964 1964 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable privileges</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1965 1965 </em></span> 1966 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable spoolss (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 5753"></a>1966 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enable spoolss (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313860"></a> 1967 1967 1968 1968 enable spoolss (G) 1969 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 5754"></a><a name="ENABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DISABLESPOOLSS" target="_top">disable spoolss</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable spoolss</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>1970 </em></span> 1971 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="encrypt passwords (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 5798"></a>1969 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313861"></a><a name="ENABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DISABLESPOOLSS" target="_top">disable spoolss</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable spoolss</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1970 </em></span> 1971 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="encrypt passwords (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313910"></a> 1972 1972 1973 1973 encrypt passwords (G) 1974 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 5799"></a><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords1974 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id313911"></a><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords 1975 1975 will be negotiated with the client. Note that Windows NT 4.0 SP3 and 1976 1976 above and also Windows 98 will by default expect encrypted passwords … … 1995 1995 server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>encrypt passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1996 1996 </em></span> 1997 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enhanced browsing (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 5889"></a>1997 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enhanced browsing (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314010"></a> 1998 1998 1999 1999 enhanced browsing (G) 2000 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 5890"></a><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to2000 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314011"></a><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to 2001 2001 cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba 2002 2002 but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations. … … 2011 2011 cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enhanced browsing</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2012 2012 </em></span> 2013 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enumports command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 5946"></a>2013 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="enumports command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314068"></a> 2014 2014 2015 2015 enumports command (G) 2016 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 5947"></a><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign2016 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314069"></a><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign 2017 2017 to UNIX hosts. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port 2018 2018 is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of … … 2031 2031 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enumports command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/listports</code> 2032 2032 </em></span> 2033 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="eventlog list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 6028"></a>2033 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="eventlog list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314149"></a> 2034 2034 2035 2035 eventlog list (G) 2036 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 6029"></a><a name="EVENTLOGLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of log names that Samba will2036 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314150"></a><a name="EVENTLOGLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of log names that Samba will 2037 2037 report to the Microsoft EventViewer utility. The listed 2038 2038 eventlogs will be associated with tdb file on disk in the … … 2047 2047 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>eventlog list</code></em> = <code class="literal">Security Application Syslog Apache</code> 2048 2048 </em></span> 2049 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="fake directory create times (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 6103"></a>2049 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="fake directory create times (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314224"></a> 2050 2050 2051 2051 fake directory create times (S) 2052 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 6104"></a><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create2052 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314225"></a><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create 2053 2053 time for all files and directories. This is not the same as the 2054 2054 ctime - status change time - that Unix keeps, so Samba by default … … 2072 2072 will proceed as expected.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fake directory create times</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2073 2073 </em></span> 2074 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="fake oplocks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 6167"></a>2074 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="fake oplocks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314288"></a> 2075 2075 2076 2076 fake oplocks (S) 2077 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 6168"></a><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission2077 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314289"></a><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission 2078 2078 from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants 2079 2079 an oplock (opportunistic lock) then the client is free to assume … … 2091 2091 this option carefully!</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fake oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2092 2092 </em></span> 2093 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="follow symlinks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 6249"></a>2093 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="follow symlinks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314371"></a> 2094 2094 2095 2095 follow symlinks (S) 2096 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 6250"></a><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2096 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314372"></a><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2097 2097 This parameter allows the Samba administrator to stop <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> from following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this 2098 2098 parameter to <code class="constant">no</code> prevents any file or directory that is a symbolic link from being … … 2104 2104 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>follow symlinks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2105 2105 </em></span> 2106 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force create mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 6319"></a>2106 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force create mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314441"></a> 2107 2107 2108 2108 force create mode (S) 2109 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 6320"></a><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit2109 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314442"></a><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 2110 2110 permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a 2111 2111 file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto … … 2119 2119 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force create mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code> 2120 2120 </em></span> 2121 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force directory mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 6395"></a>2121 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force directory mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314516"></a> 2122 2122 2123 2123 force directory mode (S) 2124 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 6396"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit2124 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314517"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 2125 2125 permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a directory 2126 2126 created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the … … 2135 2135 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force directory mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code> 2136 2136 </em></span> 2137 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force directory security mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 6470"></a>2137 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force directory security mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314591"></a> 2138 2138 2139 2139 force directory security mode (S) 2140 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 6471"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2140 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314592"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2141 2141 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating 2142 2142 the UNIX permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog box. … … 2159 2159 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force directory security mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">700</code> 2160 2160 </em></span> 2161 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 6563"></a>2161 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="group"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314683"></a> 2162 2162 2163 2163 <a name="GROUP"></a>group 2164 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 6564"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#FORCEGROUP">force group</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force group (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316595"></a>2164 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314684"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#FORCEGROUP">force group</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force group (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314715"></a> 2165 2165 2166 2166 force group (S) 2167 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 6596"></a><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be2167 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314716"></a><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be 2168 2168 assigned as the default primary group for all users connecting 2169 2169 to this service. This is useful for sharing files by ensuring … … 2189 2189 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force group</code></em> = <code class="literal">agroup</code> 2190 2190 </em></span> 2191 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force printername (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 6697"></a>2191 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force printername (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314818"></a> 2192 2192 2193 2193 force printername (S) 2194 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 6698"></a><a name="FORCEPRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When printing from Windows NT (or later),2194 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314819"></a><a name="FORCEPRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When printing from Windows NT (or later), 2195 2195 each printer in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> has two 2196 2196 associated names which can be used by the client. The first … … 2215 2215 folder.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force printername</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2216 2216 </em></span> 2217 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force security mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 6777"></a>2217 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force security mode (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314897"></a> 2218 2218 2219 2219 force security mode (S) 2220 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 6778"></a><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2220 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314898"></a><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2221 2221 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating 2222 2222 the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. … … 2238 2238 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force security mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">700</code> 2239 2239 </em></span> 2240 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force unknown acl user (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 6868"></a>2240 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force unknown acl user (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id314988"></a> 2241 2241 2242 2242 force unknown acl user (S) 2243 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 6869"></a><a name="FORCEUNKNOWNACLUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2243 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id314989"></a><a name="FORCEUNKNOWNACLUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2244 2244 If this parameter is set, a Windows NT ACL that contains an unknown SID (security descriptor, or 2245 2245 representation of a user or group id) as the owner or group owner of the file will be silently … … 2255 2255 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force unknown acl user</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2256 2256 </em></span> 2257 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force user (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 6922"></a>2257 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="force user (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315042"></a> 2258 2258 2259 2259 force user (S) 2260 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 6923"></a><a name="FORCEUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be2260 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315043"></a><a name="FORCEUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be 2261 2261 assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service. 2262 2262 This is useful for sharing files. You should also use it carefully … … 2272 2272 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force user</code></em> = <code class="literal">auser</code> 2273 2273 </em></span> 2274 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="fstype (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 6992"></a>2274 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="fstype (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315112"></a> 2275 2275 2276 2276 fstype (S) 2277 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 6993"></a><a name="FSTYPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2277 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315113"></a><a name="FSTYPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2278 2278 This parameter allows the administrator to configure the string that specifies the type of filesystem a share 2279 2279 is using that is reported by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> … … 2285 2285 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fstype</code></em> = <code class="literal">Samba</code> 2286 2286 </em></span> 2287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="get quota command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 7071"></a>2287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="get quota command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315190"></a> 2288 2288 2289 2289 get quota command (G) 2290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 7072"></a><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">get quota command</code> should only be used2290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315191"></a><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">get quota command</code> should only be used 2291 2291 whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that 2292 2292 samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available you have compiled Samba with the … … 2301 2301 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>get quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/query_quota</code> 2302 2302 </em></span> 2303 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="getwd cache (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 7247"></a>2303 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="getwd cache (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315366"></a> 2304 2304 2305 2305 getwd cache (G) 2306 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 7248"></a><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a2306 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315367"></a><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a 2307 2307 caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd() 2308 2308 calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially 2309 2309 when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WIDESMBCONFOPTIONS" target="_top">wide smbconfoptions</a> parameter is set to <code class="constant">no</code>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>getwd cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2310 2310 </em></span> 2311 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="guest account (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 7305"></a>2311 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="guest account (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315424"></a> 2312 2312 2313 2313 guest account (G) 2314 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 7306"></a><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access2314 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315425"></a><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access 2315 2315 to services which are specified as <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok</a> (see below). Whatever privileges this 2316 2316 user has will be available to any client connecting to the guest service. … … 2330 2330 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest account</code></em> = <code class="literal">ftp</code> 2331 2331 </em></span> 2332 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="public"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 7404"></a>2332 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="public"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315522"></a> 2333 2333 2334 2334 <a name="PUBLIC"></a>public 2335 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 7405"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTOK">guest ok</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="guest ok (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317435"></a>2335 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315523"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTOK">guest ok</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="guest ok (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315553"></a> 2336 2336 2337 2337 guest ok (S) 2338 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 7436"></a><a name="GUESTOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for2338 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315554"></a><a name="GUESTOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for 2339 2339 a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. 2340 2340 Privileges will be those of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" target="_top">guest account</a>.</p><p>This paramater nullifies the benifits of setting … … 2343 2343 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest ok</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2344 2344 </em></span> 2345 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="only guest"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 7520"></a>2345 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="only guest"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315638"></a> 2346 2346 2347 2347 <a name="ONLYGUEST"></a>only guest 2348 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 7521"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTONLY">guest only</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="guest only (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317553"></a>2348 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315639"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTONLY">guest only</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="guest only (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315669"></a> 2349 2349 2350 2350 guest only (S) 2351 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 7554"></a><a name="GUESTONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for2351 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315670"></a><a name="GUESTONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for 2352 2352 a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted. 2353 2353 This parameter will have no effect if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok</a> is not set for the service.</p><p>See the section below on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security</a> for more information about this option. 2354 2354 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2355 2355 </em></span> 2356 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide dot files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 7622"></a>2356 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide dot files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315739"></a> 2357 2357 2358 2358 hide dot files (S) 2359 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 7623"></a><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether2359 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315740"></a><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether 2360 2360 files starting with a dot appear as hidden files.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide dot files</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2361 2361 </em></span> 2362 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 7663"></a>2362 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315780"></a> 2363 2363 2364 2364 hide files (S) 2365 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 7664"></a><a name="HIDEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not2365 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315781"></a><a name="HIDEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not 2366 2366 visible but are accessible. The DOS 'hidden' attribute is applied 2367 2367 to any files or directories that match.</p><p>Each entry in the list must be separated by a '/', … … 2385 2385 # no file are hidden</code> 2386 2386 </em></span> 2387 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide special files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 7742"></a>2387 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide special files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315859"></a> 2388 2388 2389 2389 hide special files (S) 2390 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 7743"></a><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2390 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315860"></a><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2391 2391 This parameter prevents clients from seeing special files such as sockets, devices and 2392 2392 fifo's in directory listings. 2393 2393 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide special files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2394 2394 </em></span> 2395 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide unreadable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 7783"></a>2395 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide unreadable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315901"></a> 2396 2396 2397 2397 hide unreadable (S) 2398 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 7784"></a><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the2398 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315902"></a><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the 2399 2399 existance of files that cannot be read. Defaults to off.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide unreadable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2400 2400 </em></span> 2401 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide unwriteable files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 7825"></a>2401 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hide unwriteable files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315942"></a> 2402 2402 2403 2403 hide unwriteable files (S) 2404 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 7826"></a><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2404 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315944"></a><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2405 2405 This parameter prevents clients from seeing the existance of files that cannot be written to. 2406 2406 Defaults to off. Note that unwriteable directories are shown as usual. 2407 2407 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide unwriteable files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2408 2408 </em></span> 2409 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="homedir map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 7866"></a>2409 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="homedir map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id315985"></a> 2410 2410 2411 2411 homedir map (G) 2412 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 7868"></a><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2412 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id315986"></a><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2413 2413 If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NISHOMEDIR" target="_top">nis homedir</a> is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> is also acting as a Win95/98 <em class="parameter"><code>logon server</code></em> 2414 2414 then this parameter specifies the NIS (or YP) map from which the server for the user's home directory should be extracted. … … 2425 2425 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>homedir map</code></em> = <code class="literal">amd.homedir</code> 2426 2426 </em></span> 2427 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="host msdfs (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 7973"></a>2427 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="host msdfs (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316089"></a> 2428 2428 2429 2429 host msdfs (G) 2430 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 7974"></a><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2430 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316090"></a><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2431 2431 If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba will act as a Dfs server, and allow Dfs-aware clients to browse 2432 2432 Dfs trees hosted on the server. … … 2436 2436 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>host msdfs</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2437 2437 </em></span> 2438 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hostname lookups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 8035"></a>2438 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hostname lookups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316150"></a> 2439 2439 2440 2440 hostname lookups (G) 2441 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 8036"></a><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive)2441 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316151"></a><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive) 2442 2442 hostname lookups or use the ip addresses instead. An example place 2443 2443 where hostname lookups are currently used is when checking … … 2447 2447 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hostname lookups</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2448 2448 </em></span> 2449 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="allow hosts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 8106"></a>2449 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="allow hosts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316221"></a> 2450 2450 2451 2451 <a name="ALLOWHOSTS"></a>allow hosts 2452 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 8107"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hosts allow (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318138"></a>2452 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316222"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hosts allow (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316254"></a> 2453 2453 2454 2454 hosts allow (S) 2455 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 8139"></a><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ALLOWHOSTS" target="_top">allow hosts</a>.</p><p>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited2455 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316255"></a><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ALLOWHOSTS" target="_top">allow hosts</a>.</p><p>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited 2456 2456 set of hosts which are permitted to access a service.</p><p>If specified in the [global] section then it will 2457 2457 apply to all services, regardless of whether the individual … … 2473 2473 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.5. myhost.mynet.edu.au</code> 2474 2474 </em></span> 2475 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="deny hosts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 8326"></a>2475 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="deny hosts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316441"></a> 2476 2476 2477 2477 <a name="DENYHOSTS"></a>deny hosts 2478 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 8327"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSDENY">hosts deny</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hosts deny (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318357"></a>2478 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316442"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSDENY">hosts deny</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="hosts deny (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316472"></a> 2479 2479 2480 2480 hosts deny (S) 2481 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 8358"></a><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em>2481 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316473"></a><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> 2482 2482 - hosts listed here are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> permitted access to 2483 2483 services unless the specific services have their own lists to override … … 2493 2493 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts deny</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au</code> 2494 2494 </em></span> 2495 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap alloc backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 8454"></a>2495 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap alloc backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316569"></a> 2496 2496 2497 2497 idmap alloc backend (G) 2498 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 8455"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2498 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316570"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2499 2499 The idmap alloc backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use 2500 2500 when allocating Unix uids/gids for Windows SIDs. This option refers … … 2513 2513 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap alloc backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdb</code> 2514 2514 </em></span> 2515 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap alloc config (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 8551"></a>2515 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap alloc config (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316666"></a> 2516 2516 2517 2517 idmap alloc config (G) 2518 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 8552"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2518 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316667"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2519 2519 The idmap alloc config prefix provides a means of managing settings 2520 2520 for the backend defined by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPALLOCBACKEND" target="_top">idmap alloc backend</a> 2521 2521 parameter. Refer to the man page for each idmap plugin regarding 2522 2522 specific configuration details. 2523 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 8591"></a>2523 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316707"></a> 2524 2524 2525 2525 idmap backend (G) 2526 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 8592"></a><a name="IDMAPBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2526 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316708"></a><a name="IDMAPBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2527 2527 The idmap backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use 2528 2528 varying backends to store SID/uid/gid mapping tables. … … 2545 2545 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdb</code> 2546 2546 </em></span> 2547 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 8755"></a>2547 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316871"></a> 2548 2548 2549 2549 idmap cache time (G) 2550 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 8756"></a><a name="IDMAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's2550 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316872"></a><a name="IDMAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's 2551 2551 idmap interface will cache positive SID/uid/gid query results. 2552 2552 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">604800 (one week)</code> 2553 2553 </em></span> 2554 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap config (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 8797"></a>2554 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap config (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316913"></a> 2555 2555 2556 2556 idmap config (G) 2557 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 8798"></a><a name="IDMAPCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2557 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id316914"></a><a name="IDMAPCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2558 2558 The idmap config prefix provides a means of managing each trusted 2559 2559 domain separately. The idmap config prefix should be followed by the … … 2587 2587 idmap config CORP : backend = ad 2588 2588 idmap config CORP : range = 1000-999999 2589 </pre><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind gid"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 8917"></a>2589 </pre><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind gid"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317032"></a> 2590 2590 2591 2591 <a name="WINBINDGID"></a>winbind gid 2592 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 8918"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap gid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318948"></a>2592 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317033"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap gid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317063"></a> 2593 2593 2594 2594 idmap gid (G) 2595 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 8949"></a><a name="IDMAPGID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids2595 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317064"></a><a name="IDMAPGID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids 2596 2596 that are allocated for the purpose of mapping UNX groups to NT group 2597 2597 SIDs. This range of group ids should have no … … 2603 2603 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap gid</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000-20000</code> 2604 2604 </em></span> 2605 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap negative cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 9031"></a>2605 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap negative cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317145"></a> 2606 2606 2607 2607 idmap negative cache time (G) 2608 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 9032"></a><a name="IDMAPNEGATIVECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's2608 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317146"></a><a name="IDMAPNEGATIVECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's 2609 2609 idmap interface will cache negative SID/uid/gid query results. 2610 2610 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap negative cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">120</code> 2611 2611 </em></span> 2612 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind uid"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 9074"></a>2612 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind uid"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317187"></a> 2613 2613 2614 2614 <a name="WINBINDUID"></a>winbind uid 2615 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 9075"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap uid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319105"></a>2615 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317188"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="idmap uid (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317219"></a> 2616 2616 2617 2617 idmap uid (G) 2618 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 9106"></a><a name="IDMAPUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2618 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317220"></a><a name="IDMAPUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2619 2619 The idmap uid parameter specifies the range of user ids that are 2620 2620 allocated for use in mapping UNIX users to NT user SIDs. This … … 2626 2626 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap uid</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000-20000</code> 2627 2627 </em></span> 2628 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="include (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 9187"></a>2628 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="include (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317301"></a> 2629 2629 2630 2630 include (G) 2631 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 9188"></a><a name="INCLUDE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2631 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317302"></a><a name="INCLUDE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2632 2632 This allows you to include one config file inside another. The file is included literally, as though typed 2633 2633 in place. … … 2647 2647 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>include</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf</code> 2648 2648 </em></span> 2649 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="inherit acls (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 9284"></a>2649 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="inherit acls (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317398"></a> 2650 2650 2651 2651 inherit acls (S) 2652 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 9285"></a><a name="INHERITACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls2652 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317399"></a><a name="INHERITACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls 2653 2653 exist on parent directories, they are always honored when creating a 2654 2654 new file or subdirectory in these parent directories. The default … … 2663 2663 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit acls</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2664 2664 </em></span> 2665 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="inherit owner (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 9329"></a>2665 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="inherit owner (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317443"></a> 2666 2666 2667 2667 inherit owner (S) 2668 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 9330"></a><a name="INHERITOWNER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The ownership of new files and directories2668 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317444"></a><a name="INHERITOWNER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The ownership of new files and directories 2669 2669 is normally governed by effective uid of the connected user. 2670 2670 This option allows the Samba administrator to specify that … … 2675 2675 roaming profile directory are actually owner by the user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit owner</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2676 2676 </em></span> 2677 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="inherit permissions (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 9377"></a>2677 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="inherit permissions (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317491"></a> 2678 2678 2679 2679 inherit permissions (S) 2680 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 9378"></a><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2680 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317492"></a><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2681 2681 The permissions on new files and directories are normally governed by <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a>, 2682 2682 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK" target="_top">directory mask</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE" target="_top">force create mode</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" target="_top">force directory mode</a> but the boolean inherit permissions parameter overrides this. … … 2690 2690 share to be used flexibly by each user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit permissions</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2691 2691 </em></span> 2692 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="init logon delayed hosts (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 9516"></a>2692 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="init logon delayed hosts (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317630"></a> 2693 2693 2694 2694 init logon delayed hosts (G) 2695 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 9517"></a><a name="INITLOGONDELAYEDHOSTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2695 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317631"></a><a name="INITLOGONDELAYEDHOSTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2696 2696 This parameter takes a list of host names, addresses or networks for 2697 2697 which the initial samlogon reply should be delayed (so other DCs get … … 2704 2704 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>init logon delayed hosts</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.5. myhost.mynet.de</code> 2705 2705 </em></span> 2706 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="init logon delay (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 9588"></a>2706 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="init logon delay (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317703"></a> 2707 2707 2708 2708 init logon delay (G) 2709 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 9590"></a><a name="INITLOGONDELAY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2709 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317704"></a><a name="INITLOGONDELAY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2710 2710 This parameter specifies a delay in milliseconds for the hosts configured 2711 2711 for delayed initial samlogon with … … 2713 2713 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>init logon delay</code></em> = <code class="literal">100</code> 2714 2714 </em></span> 2715 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="interfaces (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 9642"></a>2715 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="interfaces (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317755"></a> 2716 2716 2717 2717 interfaces (G) 2718 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 9643"></a><a name="INTERFACES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default2718 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317756"></a><a name="INTERFACES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default 2719 2719 network interfaces list that Samba will use for browsing, name 2720 2720 registration and other NetBIOS over TCP/IP (NBT) traffic. By default Samba will query … … 2740 2740 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>interfaces</code></em> = <code class="literal">eth0 192.168.2.10/24 192.168.3.10/255.255.255.0</code> 2741 2741 </em></span> 2742 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="invalid users (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 9747"></a>2742 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="invalid users (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317861"></a> 2743 2743 2744 2744 invalid users (S) 2745 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 9748"></a><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed2745 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317862"></a><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed 2746 2746 to login to this service. This is really a <span class="emphasis"><em>paranoid</em></span> 2747 2747 check to absolutely ensure an improper setting does not breach … … 2763 2763 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>invalid users</code></em> = <code class="literal">root fred admin @wheel</code> 2764 2764 </em></span> 2765 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="iprint server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 9848"></a>2765 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="iprint server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id317960"></a> 2766 2766 2767 2767 iprint server (G) 2768 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 9849"></a><a name="IPRINTSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2768 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id317961"></a><a name="IPRINTSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2769 2769 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">iprint</code>. 2770 2770 </p><p> … … 2775 2775 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>iprint server</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYCUPSSERVER</code> 2776 2776 </em></span> 2777 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="keepalive (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id31 9930"></a>2777 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="keepalive (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318044"></a> 2778 2778 2779 2779 keepalive (G) 2780 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id31 9931"></a><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents2780 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318045"></a><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents 2781 2781 the number of seconds between <em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> 2782 2782 packets. If this parameter is zero, no keepalive packets will be … … 2788 2788 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> = <code class="literal">600</code> 2789 2789 </em></span> 2790 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="kerberos method (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 20012"></a>2790 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="kerberos method (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318125"></a> 2791 2791 2792 2792 kerberos method (G) 2793 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 20013"></a><a name="KERBEROSMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2793 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318126"></a><a name="KERBEROSMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2794 2794 Controls how kerberos tickets are verified. 2795 2795 </p><p>Valid options are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>secrets only - use only the secrets.tdb for … … 2808 2808 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kerberos method</code></em> = <code class="literal">secrets only</code> 2809 2809 </em></span> 2810 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="kernel change notify (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 20101"></a>2810 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="kernel change notify (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318214"></a> 2811 2811 2812 2812 kernel change notify (S) 2813 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 20102"></a><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the2813 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318215"></a><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the 2814 2814 kernel for change notifications in directories so that 2815 2815 SMB clients can refresh whenever the data on the server changes. … … 2818 2818 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kernel change notify</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2819 2819 </em></span> 2820 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="kernel oplocks (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 20147"></a>2820 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="kernel oplocks (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318260"></a> 2821 2821 2822 2822 kernel oplocks (G) 2823 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 20148"></a><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" target="_top">oplocks</a>2823 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318261"></a><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" target="_top">oplocks</a> 2824 2824 (currently only IRIX and the Linux 2.4 kernel), this parameter 2825 2825 allows the use of them to be turned on or off.</p><p>Kernel oplocks support allows Samba <em class="parameter"><code>oplocks … … 2831 2831 You should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kernel oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2832 2832 </em></span> 2833 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lanman auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 20229"></a>2833 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lanman auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318342"></a> 2834 2834 2835 2835 lanman auth (G) 2836 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 20230"></a><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to2836 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318343"></a><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 2837 2837 authenticate users or permit password changes 2838 2838 using the LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only clients which support NT … … 2856 2856 special configuration to use it.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lanman auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2857 2857 </em></span> 2858 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="large readwrite (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 20324"></a>2858 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="large readwrite (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318438"></a> 2859 2859 2860 2860 large readwrite (G) 2861 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 20325"></a><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not2861 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318439"></a><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not 2862 2862 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> supports the new 64k 2863 2863 streaming read and write variant SMB requests introduced with … … 2868 2868 tested as some other Samba code paths.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>large readwrite</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2869 2869 </em></span> 2870 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap admin dn (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 20376"></a>2870 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap admin dn (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318489"></a> 2871 2871 2872 2872 ldap admin dn (G) 2873 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 20377"></a><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2873 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318490"></a><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2874 2874 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a> defines the Distinguished Name (DN) name used by Samba to contact 2875 2875 the ldap server when retreiving user account information. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a> is used … … 2879 2879 </p><p> 2880 2880 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a> requires a fully specified DN. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> is not appended to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a>. 2881 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap connection timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 20478"></a>2881 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap connection timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318592"></a> 2882 2882 2883 2883 ldap connection timeout (G) 2884 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 20480"></a><a name="LDAPCONNECTIONTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2884 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318593"></a><a name="LDAPCONNECTIONTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2885 2885 This parameter tells the LDAP library calls which timeout in seconds 2886 2886 they should honor during initial connection establishments to LDAP servers. … … 2894 2894 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap connection timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 2895 2895 </em></span> 2896 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap debug level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 20537"></a>2896 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap debug level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318652"></a> 2897 2897 2898 2898 ldap debug level (G) 2899 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 20538"></a><a name="LDAPDEBUGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2899 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318653"></a><a name="LDAPDEBUGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2900 2900 This parameter controls the debug level of the LDAP library 2901 2901 calls. In the case of OpenLDAP, it is the same … … 2914 2914 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap debug level</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code> 2915 2915 </em></span> 2916 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap debug threshold (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 20621"></a>2916 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap debug threshold (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318735"></a> 2917 2917 2918 2918 ldap debug threshold (G) 2919 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 20622"></a><a name="LDAPDEBUGTHRESHOLD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2919 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318736"></a><a name="LDAPDEBUGTHRESHOLD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2920 2920 This parameter controls the Samba debug level at which 2921 2921 the ldap library debug output is … … 2926 2926 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap debug threshold</code></em> = <code class="literal">5</code> 2927 2927 </em></span> 2928 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap delete dn (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 20685"></a>2928 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap delete dn (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318800"></a> 2929 2929 2930 2930 ldap delete dn (G) 2931 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 20686"></a><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete2931 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318801"></a><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete 2932 2932 operation in the ldapsam deletes the complete entry or only the attributes 2933 2933 specific to Samba. 2934 2934 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap delete dn</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2935 2935 </em></span> 2936 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap deref (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 20727"></a>2936 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap deref (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318842"></a> 2937 2937 2938 2938 ldap deref (G) 2939 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 20728"></a><a name="LDAPDEREF"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls whether Samba should tell the LDAP library2939 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318843"></a><a name="LDAPDEREF"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls whether Samba should tell the LDAP library 2940 2940 to use a certain alias dereferencing method. The default is 2941 2941 <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, which means that the default setting of the … … 2948 2948 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap deref</code></em> = <code class="literal">searching</code> 2949 2949 </em></span> 2950 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap follow referral (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 20805"></a>2950 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap follow referral (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318919"></a> 2951 2951 2952 2952 ldap follow referral (G) 2953 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 20806"></a><a name="LDAPFOLLOWREFERRAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls whether to follow LDAP referrals or not when2953 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318920"></a><a name="LDAPFOLLOWREFERRAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls whether to follow LDAP referrals or not when 2954 2954 searching for entries in the LDAP database. Possible values are 2955 2955 <span class="emphasis"><em>on</em></span> to enable following referrals, … … 2962 2962 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap follow referral</code></em> = <code class="literal">off</code> 2963 2963 </em></span> 2964 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap group suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 20876"></a>2964 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap group suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id318990"></a> 2965 2965 2966 2966 ldap group suffix (G) 2967 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 20877"></a><a name="LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the suffix that is2967 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id318991"></a><a name="LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the suffix that is 2968 2968 used for groups when these are added to the LDAP directory. 2969 2969 If this parameter is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the … … 2972 2972 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap group suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Groups</code> 2973 2973 </em></span> 2974 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap idmap suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 20956"></a>2974 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap idmap suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319068"></a> 2975 2975 2976 2976 ldap idmap suffix (G) 2977 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 20957"></a><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2977 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319069"></a><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2978 2978 This parameters specifies the suffix that is used when storing idmap mappings. If this parameter 2979 2979 is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix … … 2983 2983 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap idmap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Idmap</code> 2984 2984 </em></span> 2985 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap machine suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 21035"></a>2985 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap machine suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319149"></a> 2986 2986 2987 2987 ldap machine suffix (G) 2988 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 21036"></a><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2988 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319150"></a><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2989 2989 It specifies where machines should be added to the ldap tree. If this parameter is unset, the value of 2990 2990 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the … … 2994 2994 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap machine suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Computers</code> 2995 2995 </em></span> 2996 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap page size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 21114"></a>2996 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap page size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319228"></a> 2997 2997 2998 2998 ldap page size (G) 2999 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 21115"></a><a name="LDAPPAGESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2999 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319229"></a><a name="LDAPPAGESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3000 3000 This parameter specifies the number of entries per page. 3001 3001 </p><p>If the LDAP server supports paged results, clients can … … 3006 3006 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap page size</code></em> = <code class="literal">512</code> 3007 3007 </em></span> 3008 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap passwd sync (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 21177"></a>3008 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap passwd sync (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319292"></a> 3009 3009 3010 3010 ldap passwd sync (G) 3011 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 21178"></a><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3011 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319293"></a><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3012 3012 This option is used to define whether or not Samba should sync the LDAP password with the NT 3013 3013 and LM hashes for normal accounts (NOT for workstation, server or domain trusts) on a password … … 3020 3020 the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap passwd sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3021 3021 </em></span> 3022 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap replication sleep (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 21272"></a>3022 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap replication sleep (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319387"></a> 3023 3023 3024 3024 ldap replication sleep (G) 3025 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 21273"></a><a name="LDAPREPLICATIONSLEEP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3025 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319388"></a><a name="LDAPREPLICATIONSLEEP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3026 3026 When Samba is asked to write to a read-only LDAP replica, we are redirected to talk to the read-write master server. 3027 3027 This server then replicates our changes back to the 'local' server, however the replication might take some seconds, … … 3036 3036 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap replication sleep</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3037 3037 </em></span> 3038 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldapsam:editposix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 21328"></a>3038 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldapsam:editposix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319442"></a> 3039 3039 3040 3040 ldapsam:editposix (G) 3041 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 21329"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3041 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319443"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3042 3042 Editposix is an option that leverages ldapsam:trusted to make it simpler to manage a domain controller 3043 3043 eliminating the need to set up custom scripts to add and manage the posix users and groups. This option … … 3117 3117 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldapsam:editposix</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3118 3118 </em></span> 3119 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldapsam:trusted (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 21433"></a>3119 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldapsam:trusted (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319547"></a> 3120 3120 3121 3121 ldapsam:trusted (G) 3122 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 21434"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:TRUSTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3122 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319548"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:TRUSTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3123 3123 By default, Samba as a Domain Controller with an LDAP backend needs to use the Unix-style NSS subsystem to 3124 3124 access user and group information. Due to the way Unix stores user information in /etc/passwd and /etc/group … … 3138 3138 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldapsam:trusted</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3139 3139 </em></span> 3140 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap ssl ads (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 21508"></a>3140 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap ssl ads (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319622"></a> 3141 3141 3142 3142 ldap ssl ads (G) 3143 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 21510"></a><a name="LDAPSSLADS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should3143 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319623"></a><a name="LDAPSSLADS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should 3144 3144 use SSL when connecting to the ldap server using 3145 3145 <span class="emphasis"><em>ads</em></span> methods. … … 3151 3151 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap ssl ads</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3152 3152 </em></span> 3153 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap ssl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 21590"></a>3153 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap ssl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319704"></a> 3154 3154 3155 3155 ldap ssl (G) 3156 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 21592"></a><a name="LDAPSSL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should3156 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319705"></a><a name="LDAPSSL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should 3157 3157 use SSL when connecting to the ldap server 3158 3158 This is <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> related to … … 3179 3179 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap ssl</code></em> = <code class="literal">start tls</code> 3180 3180 </em></span> 3181 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 21775"></a>3181 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319889"></a> 3182 3182 3183 3183 ldap suffix (G) 3184 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 21776"></a><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the base for all ldap suffixes and for storing the sambaDomain object.</p><p>3184 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id319890"></a><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the base for all ldap suffixes and for storing the sambaDomain object.</p><p> 3185 3185 The ldap suffix will be appended to the values specified for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap user suffix</a>, 3186 3186 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPGROUPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap group suffix</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX" target="_top">ldap machine suffix</a>, and the … … 3191 3191 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">dc=samba,dc=org</code> 3192 3192 </em></span> 3193 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 1891"></a>3193 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320004"></a> 3194 3194 3195 3195 ldap timeout (G) 3196 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 1892"></a><a name="LDAPTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3196 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320006"></a><a name="LDAPTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3197 3197 This parameter defines the number of seconds that Samba should use as timeout for LDAP operations. 3198 3198 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">15</code> 3199 3199 </em></span> 3200 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap user suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 1932"></a>3200 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ldap user suffix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320046"></a> 3201 3201 3202 3202 ldap user suffix (G) 3203 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 1933"></a><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3203 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320047"></a><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3204 3204 This parameter specifies where users are added to the tree. If this parameter is unset, 3205 3205 the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix … … 3209 3209 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap user suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=people</code> 3210 3210 </em></span> 3211 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="level2 oplocks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 2010"></a>3211 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="level2 oplocks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320125"></a> 3212 3212 3213 3213 level2 oplocks (S) 3214 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 2011"></a><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports3214 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320126"></a><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports 3215 3215 level2 (read-only) oplocks on a share.</p><p>Level2, or read-only oplocks allow Windows NT clients 3216 3216 that have an oplock on a file to downgrade from a read-write oplock … … 3232 3232 this parameter to have any effect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>level2 oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3233 3233 </em></span> 3234 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lm announce (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 2105"></a>3234 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lm announce (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320220"></a> 3235 3235 3236 3236 lm announce (G) 3237 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 2106"></a><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce3237 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320221"></a><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce 3238 3238 broadcasts that are needed by OS/2 clients in order for them to see 3239 3239 the Samba server in their browse list. This parameter can have three … … 3251 3251 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm announce</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3252 3252 </em></span> 3253 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lm interval (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 2221"></a>3253 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lm interval (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320335"></a> 3254 3254 3255 3255 lm interval (G) 3256 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 2222"></a><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce3256 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320336"></a><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce 3257 3257 broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the 3258 3258 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMANNOUNCE" target="_top">lm announce</a> parameter) then this … … 3264 3264 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm interval</code></em> = <code class="literal">120</code> 3265 3265 </em></span> 3266 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="load printers (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 2302"></a>3266 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="load printers (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320417"></a> 3267 3267 3268 3268 load printers (G) 3269 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 2303"></a><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all3269 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320418"></a><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all 3270 3270 printers in the printcap will be loaded for browsing by default. 3271 3271 See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERS" target="_top">printers</a> section for 3272 3272 more details.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>load printers</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3273 3273 </em></span> 3274 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="local master (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 2355"></a>3274 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="local master (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320470"></a> 3275 3275 3276 3276 local master (G) 3277 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 2356"></a><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser3277 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320471"></a><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser 3278 3278 on a subnet. If set to <code class="constant">no</code> then <code class="literal"> 3279 3279 nmbd</code> will not attempt to become a local master browser … … 3285 3285 master browser.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>local master</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3286 3286 </em></span> 3287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock dir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 2452"></a>3287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock dir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320567"></a> 3288 3288 3289 3289 <a name="LOCKDIR"></a>lock dir 3290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 2453"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOCKDIRECTORY">lock directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322483"></a>3290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320568"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOCKDIRECTORY">lock directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320600"></a> 3291 3291 3292 3292 lock directory (G) 3293 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 2484"></a><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock3293 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320601"></a><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock 3294 3294 files will be placed. The lock files are used to implement the 3295 3295 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXCONNECTIONS" target="_top">max connections</a> option. … … 3301 3301 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/samba/locks</code> 3302 3302 </em></span> 3303 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="locking (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 2558"></a>3303 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="locking (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320674"></a> 3304 3304 3305 3305 locking (S) 3306 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 2559"></a><a name="LOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be3306 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320675"></a><a name="LOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be 3307 3307 performed by the server in response to lock requests from the 3308 3308 client.</p><p>If <code class="literal">locking = no</code>, all lock and unlock … … 3314 3314 is not really recommended even in this case.</p><p>Be careful about disabling locking either globally or in a 3315 3315 specific service, as lack of locking may result in data corruption. 3316 You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock spin count (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 2626"></a>3316 You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock spin count (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320742"></a> 3317 3317 3318 3318 lock spin count (G) 3319 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 2627"></a><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter has been made inoperative in Samba 3.0.24.3319 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320743"></a><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter has been made inoperative in Samba 3.0.24. 3320 3320 The functionality it contolled is now controlled by the parameter 3321 3321 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCKSPINTIME" target="_top">lock spin time</a>. 3322 3322 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock spin count</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 3323 3323 </em></span> 3324 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock spin time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 2679"></a>3324 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lock spin time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320796"></a> 3325 3325 3326 3326 lock spin time (G) 3327 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 2680"></a><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The time in milliseconds that smbd should3327 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320797"></a><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The time in milliseconds that smbd should 3328 3328 keep waiting to see if a failed lock request can 3329 3329 be granted. This parameter has changed in default … … 3333 3333 to change the value of this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock spin time</code></em> = <code class="literal">200</code> 3334 3334 </em></span> 3335 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="log file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 2733"></a>3335 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="log file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320849"></a> 3336 3336 3337 3337 log file (G) 3338 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 2734"></a><a name="LOGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3338 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320850"></a><a name="LOGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3339 3339 This option allows you to override the name of the Samba log file (also known as the debug file). 3340 3340 </p><p> … … 3342 3342 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/var/log.%m</code> 3343 3343 </em></span> 3344 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debuglevel"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 2784"></a>3344 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="debuglevel"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320900"></a> 3345 3345 3346 3346 <a name="DEBUGLEVEL"></a>debuglevel 3347 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 2785"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOGLEVEL">log level</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="log level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322814"></a>3347 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320901"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOGLEVEL">log level</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="log level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320930"></a> 3348 3348 3349 3349 log level (G) 3350 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 2815"></a><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3350 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id320932"></a><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3351 3351 The value of the parameter (a astring) allows the debug level (logging level) to be specified in the 3352 3352 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. … … 3359 3359 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log level</code></em> = <code class="literal">3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2</code> 3360 3360 </em></span> 3361 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon drive (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 3043"></a>3361 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon drive (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321160"></a> 3362 3362 3363 3363 logon drive (G) 3364 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 3044"></a><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3364 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321162"></a><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3365 3365 This parameter specifies the local path to which the home directory will be 3366 3366 connected (see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME" target="_top">logon home</a>) and is only used by NT … … 3372 3372 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon drive</code></em> = <code class="literal">h:</code> 3373 3373 </em></span> 3374 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon home (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 3116"></a>3374 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon home (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321233"></a> 3375 3375 3376 3376 logon home (G) 3377 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 3117"></a><a name="LOGONHOME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3377 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321234"></a><a name="LOGONHOME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3378 3378 This parameter specifies the home directory location when a Win95/98 or NT Workstation logs into a Samba PDC. 3379 3379 It allows you to do … … 3406 3406 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon home</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\remote_smb_server\%U</code> 3407 3407 </em></span> 3408 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon path (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 3269"></a>3408 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon path (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321387"></a> 3409 3409 3410 3410 logon path (G) 3411 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 3270"></a><a name="LOGONPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3411 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321388"></a><a name="LOGONPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3412 3412 This parameter specifies the directory where roaming profiles (Desktop, NTuser.dat, etc) are 3413 3413 stored. Contrary to previous versions of these manual pages, it has nothing to do with Win 9X roaming … … 3453 3453 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon path</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\%N\%U\profile</code> 3454 3454 </em></span> 3455 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 3415"></a>3455 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="logon script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321533"></a> 3456 3456 3457 3457 logon script (G) 3458 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 3416"></a><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3458 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321534"></a><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3459 3459 This parameter specifies the batch file (<code class="filename">.bat</code>) or NT command file 3460 3460 (<code class="filename">.cmd</code>) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in. The file … … 3487 3487 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon script</code></em> = <code class="literal">scripts\%U.bat</code> 3488 3488 </em></span> 3489 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lppause command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 3573"></a>3489 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lppause command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321691"></a> 3490 3490 3491 3491 lppause command (S) 3492 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 3574"></a><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3492 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321692"></a><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3493 3493 executed on the server host in order to stop printing or spooling 3494 3494 a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes … … 3514 3514 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lppause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p0</code> 3515 3515 </em></span> 3516 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lpq cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 3710"></a>3516 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lpq cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321827"></a> 3517 3517 3518 3518 lpq cache time (G) 3519 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 3711"></a><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached3519 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321828"></a><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached 3520 3520 for to prevent the <code class="literal">lpq</code> command being called too 3521 3521 often. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the <code class="literal"> … … 3530 3530 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpq cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">10</code> 3531 3531 </em></span> 3532 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lpq command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 3821"></a>3532 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lpq command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321938"></a> 3533 3533 3534 3534 lpq command (S) 3535 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 3822"></a><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3535 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id321939"></a><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3536 3536 executed on the server host in order to obtain <code class="literal">lpq 3537 3537 </code>-style printer status information.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which … … 3555 3555 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpq command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpq -P%p</code> 3556 3556 </em></span> 3557 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lpresume command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 3937"></a>3557 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lpresume command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322054"></a> 3558 3558 3559 3559 lpresume command (S) 3560 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 3938"></a><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3560 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322056"></a><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3561 3561 executed on the server host in order to restart or continue 3562 3562 printing or spooling a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes … … 3571 3571 is <code class="constant">SOFTQ</code>, then the default is:</p><p><code class="literal">qstat -s -j%j -r</code></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2</code> 3572 3572 </em></span> 3573 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lprm command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 4081"></a>3573 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="lprm command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322198"></a> 3574 3574 3575 3575 lprm command (S) 3576 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 4082"></a><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3576 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322199"></a><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3577 3577 executed on the server host in order to delete a print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 3578 3578 a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job.</p><p>If a <em class="parameter"><code>%p</code></em> is given then the printer name … … 3591 3591 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lprm command</code></em> = <code class="literal"> determined by printing parameter</code> 3592 3592 </em></span> 3593 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="machine password timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 4162"></a>3593 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="machine password timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322278"></a> 3594 3594 3595 3595 machine password timeout (G) 3596 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 4164"></a><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3596 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322279"></a><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3597 3597 If a Samba server is a member of a Windows NT Domain (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security = domain</a> parameter) then periodically a running smbd process will try and change 3598 3598 the MACHINE ACCOUNT PASSWORD stored in the TDB called <code class="filename">private/secrets.tdb … … 3604 3604 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>machine password timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">604800</code> 3605 3605 </em></span> 3606 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="magic output (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 4246"></a>3606 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="magic output (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322362"></a> 3607 3607 3608 3608 magic output (S) 3609 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 4247"></a><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3609 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322363"></a><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3610 3610 This parameter specifies the name of a file which will contain output created by a magic script (see the 3611 3611 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAGICSCRIPT" target="_top">magic script</a> parameter below). … … 3616 3616 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>magic output</code></em> = <code class="literal">myfile.txt</code> 3617 3617 </em></span> 3618 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="magic script (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 4326"></a>3618 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="magic script (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322442"></a> 3619 3619 3620 3620 magic script (S) 3621 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 4328"></a><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which,3621 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322444"></a><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which, 3622 3622 if opened, will be executed by the server when the file is closed. 3623 3623 This allows a UNIX script to be sent to the Samba host and … … 3635 3635 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>magic script</code></em> = <code class="literal">user.csh</code> 3636 3636 </em></span> 3637 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangled names (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 4424"></a>3637 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangled names (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322541"></a> 3638 3638 3639 3639 mangled names (S) 3640 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 4425"></a><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX3640 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322542"></a><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX 3641 3641 should be mapped to DOS-compatible names ("mangled") and made visible, 3642 3642 or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a> for … … 3663 3663 do not change between sessions.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangled names</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3664 3664 </em></span> 3665 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangle prefix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 4544"></a>3665 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangle prefix (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322659"></a> 3666 3666 3667 3667 mangle prefix (G) 3668 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 4545"></a><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix3668 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322660"></a><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix 3669 3669 characters from the original name used when generating 3670 3670 the mangled names. A larger value will give a weaker … … 3676 3676 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangle prefix</code></em> = <code class="literal">4</code> 3677 3677 </em></span> 3678 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangling char (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 4607"></a>3678 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangling char (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322723"></a> 3679 3679 3680 3680 mangling char (S) 3681 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 4608"></a><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as3681 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322724"></a><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as 3682 3682 the <span class="emphasis"><em>magic</em></span> character in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>. The 3683 3683 default is a '~' but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set … … 3686 3686 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling char</code></em> = <code class="literal">^</code> 3687 3687 </em></span> 3688 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangling method (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 4681"></a>3688 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="mangling method (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322797"></a> 3689 3689 3690 3690 mangling method (G) 3691 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 4682"></a><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating3691 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322798"></a><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating 3692 3692 the mangled names. Can take two different values, "hash" and 3693 3693 "hash2". "hash" is the algorithm that was used … … 3700 3700 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling method</code></em> = <code class="literal">hash</code> 3701 3701 </em></span> 3702 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map acl inherit (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 4743"></a>3702 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map acl inherit (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322859"></a> 3703 3703 3704 3704 map acl inherit (S) 3705 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 4744"></a><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected'3705 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322860"></a><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected' 3706 3706 access control entry flags stored in Windows ACLs into an extended attribute 3707 3707 called user.SAMBA_PAI. This parameter only takes effect if Samba is being run … … 3711 3711 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map acl inherit</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3712 3712 </em></span> 3713 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map archive (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 4796"></a>3713 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map archive (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322912"></a> 3714 3714 3715 3715 map archive (S) 3716 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 4797"></a><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3716 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322913"></a><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3717 3717 This controls whether the DOS archive attribute 3718 3718 should be mapped to the UNIX owner execute bit. The DOS archive bit … … 3727 3727 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map archive</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3728 3728 </em></span> 3729 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map hidden (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 4865"></a>3729 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map hidden (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322981"></a> 3730 3730 3731 3731 map hidden (S) 3732 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 4866"></a><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3732 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id322982"></a><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3733 3733 This controls whether DOS style hidden files should be mapped to the UNIX world execute bit. 3734 3734 </p><p> … … 3736 3736 bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 001). See the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a> 3737 3737 for details. 3738 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map readonly (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 4919"></a>3738 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map readonly (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323034"></a> 3739 3739 3740 3740 map readonly (S) 3741 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 4920"></a><a name="MAPREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3741 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323036"></a><a name="MAPREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3742 3742 This controls how the DOS read only attribute should be mapped from a UNIX filesystem. 3743 3743 </p><p> … … 3764 3764 </p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map readonly</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3765 3765 </em></span> 3766 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map system (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 5062"></a>3766 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map system (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323177"></a> 3767 3767 3768 3768 map system (S) 3769 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 5063"></a><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3769 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323178"></a><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3770 3770 This controls whether DOS style system files should be mapped to the UNIX group execute bit. 3771 3771 </p><p> … … 3775 3775 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map system</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3776 3776 </em></span> 3777 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map to guest (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 5128"></a>3777 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map to guest (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323244"></a> 3778 3778 3779 3779 map to guest (G) 3780 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 5129"></a><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">SECURITY =3780 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323245"></a><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">SECURITY = 3781 3781 security</a> modes other than <em class="parameter"><code>security = share</code></em> 3782 3782 and <em class="parameter"><code>security = server</code></em> … … 3820 3820 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map to guest</code></em> = <code class="literal">Bad User</code> 3821 3821 </em></span> 3822 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map untrusted to domain (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 5344"></a>3822 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="map untrusted to domain (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323460"></a> 3823 3823 3824 3824 map untrusted to domain (G) 3825 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 5345"></a><a name="MAPUNTRUSTEDTODOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3825 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323461"></a><a name="MAPUNTRUSTEDTODOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3826 3826 If a client connects to smbd using an untrusted domain name, such as 3827 3827 BOGUS\user, smbd replaces the BOGUS domain with it's SAM name before … … 3841 3841 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map untrusted to domain</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3842 3842 </em></span> 3843 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max connections (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 5402"></a>3843 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max connections (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323518"></a> 3844 3844 3845 3845 max connections (S) 3846 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 5403"></a><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited.3846 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323519"></a><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited. 3847 3847 If <em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> is greater than 0 then connections 3848 3848 will be refused if this number of connections to the service are already open. A value … … 3852 3852 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> = <code class="literal">10</code> 3853 3853 </em></span> 3854 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max disk size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 5483"></a>3854 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max disk size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323599"></a> 3855 3855 3856 3856 max disk size (G) 3857 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 5484"></a><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit3857 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323600"></a><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit 3858 3858 on the apparent size of disks. If you set this option to 100 3859 3859 then all shares will appear to be not larger than 100 MB in … … 3869 3869 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max disk size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3870 3870 </em></span> 3871 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max log size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 5569"></a>3871 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max log size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323685"></a> 3872 3872 3873 3873 max log size (G) 3874 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 5570"></a><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3874 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323686"></a><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3875 3875 This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies the max size the log file should grow to. 3876 3876 Samba periodically checks the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding … … 3881 3881 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max log size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3882 3882 </em></span> 3883 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max mux (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 5637"></a>3883 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max mux (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323754"></a> 3884 3884 3885 3885 max mux (G) 3886 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 5638"></a><a name="MAXMUX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of3886 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323755"></a><a name="MAXMUX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of 3887 3887 outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client 3888 3888 it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max mux</code></em> = <code class="literal">50</code> 3889 3889 </em></span> 3890 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max open files (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 5678"></a>3890 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max open files (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323796"></a> 3891 3891 3892 3892 max open files (G) 3893 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 5679"></a><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of3893 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323797"></a><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of 3894 3894 open files that one <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> file 3895 3895 serving process may have open for a client at any one time. The … … 3902 3902 this parameter so you should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max open files</code></em> = <code class="literal">16404</code> 3903 3903 </em></span> 3904 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max print jobs (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 5736"></a>3904 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max print jobs (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323853"></a> 3905 3905 3906 3906 max print jobs (S) 3907 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 5737"></a><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of3907 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323854"></a><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of 3908 3908 jobs allowable in a Samba printer queue at any given moment. 3909 3909 If this number is exceeded, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will remote "Out of Space" to the client. … … 3912 3912 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">5000</code> 3913 3913 </em></span> 3914 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="protocol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 5803"></a>3914 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="protocol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323920"></a> 3915 3915 3916 3916 <a name="PROTOCOL"></a>protocol 3917 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 5804"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max protocol (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325835"></a>3917 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323921"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max protocol (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id323952"></a> 3918 3918 3919 3919 max protocol (G) 3920 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 5836"></a><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest3920 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id323953"></a><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest 3921 3921 protocol level that will be supported by the server.</p><p>Possible values are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">CORE</code>: Earliest version. No 3922 3922 concept of user names.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="constant">COREPLUS</code>: Slight improvements on … … 3932 3932 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">LANMAN1</code> 3933 3933 </em></span> 3934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max reported print jobs (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 5964"></a>3934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max reported print jobs (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324081"></a> 3935 3935 3936 3936 max reported print jobs (S) 3937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 5966"></a><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324082"></a><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3938 3938 This parameter limits the maximum number of jobs displayed in a port monitor for 3939 3939 Samba printer queue at any given moment. If this number is exceeded, the excess … … 3944 3944 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max reported print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3945 3945 </em></span> 3946 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max smbd processes (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 6024"></a>3946 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max smbd processes (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324141"></a> 3947 3947 3948 3948 max smbd processes (G) 3949 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 6025"></a><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended3949 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324142"></a><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended 3950 3950 as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event that the server has insufficient 3951 3951 resources to handle more than this number of connections. Remember that under normal operating … … 3955 3955 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max smbd processes</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3956 3956 </em></span> 3957 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max stat cache size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 6101"></a>3957 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max stat cache size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324218"></a> 3958 3958 3959 3959 max stat cache size (G) 3960 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 6102"></a><a name="MAXSTATCACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the size in memory of any3960 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324219"></a><a name="MAXSTATCACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the size in memory of any 3961 3961 <em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> being used 3962 3962 to speed up case insensitive name mappings. It represents … … 3969 3969 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max stat cache size</code></em> = <code class="literal">100</code> 3970 3970 </em></span> 3971 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max ttl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 6167"></a>3971 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max ttl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324284"></a> 3972 3972 3973 3973 max ttl (G) 3974 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 6168"></a><a name="MAXTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live'3974 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324285"></a><a name="MAXTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live' 3975 3975 of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when <code class="literal">nmbd</code> is 3976 3976 requesting a name using either a broadcast packet or from a WINS server. You should 3977 3977 never need to change this parameter. The default is 3 days.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">259200</code> 3978 3978 </em></span> 3979 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max wins ttl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 6223"></a>3979 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max wins ttl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324341"></a> 3980 3980 3981 3981 max wins ttl (G) 3982 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 6224"></a><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server3982 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324342"></a><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server 3983 3983 (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT" target="_top">wins support = yes</a>) what the maximum 3984 3984 'time to live' of NetBIOS names that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> … … 3986 3986 parameter. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max wins ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">518400</code> 3987 3987 </em></span> 3988 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max xmit (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 6292"></a>3988 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="max xmit (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324410"></a> 3989 3989 3990 3990 max xmit (G) 3991 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 6293"></a><a name="MAXXMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size3991 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324411"></a><a name="MAXXMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size 3992 3992 that will be negotiated by Samba. The default is 16644, which 3993 3993 matches the behavior of Windows 2000. A value below 2048 is likely to cause problems. … … 3997 3997 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max xmit</code></em> = <code class="literal">8192</code> 3998 3998 </em></span> 3999 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="message command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 6352"></a>3999 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="message command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324469"></a> 4000 4000 4001 4001 message command (G) 4002 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 6353"></a><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the4002 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324470"></a><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the 4003 4003 server receives a WinPopup style message.</p><p>This would normally be a command that would 4004 4004 deliver the message somehow. How this is to be done is … … 4039 4039 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>message command</code></em> = <code class="literal">csh -c 'xedit %s; rm %s' &</code> 4040 4040 </em></span> 4041 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min print space (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 6544"></a>4041 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min print space (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324662"></a> 4042 4042 4043 4043 min print space (S) 4044 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 6545"></a><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk4044 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324663"></a><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk 4045 4045 space that must be available before a user will be able to spool 4046 4046 a print job. It is specified in kilobytes. The default is 0, which … … 4049 4049 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min print space</code></em> = <code class="literal">2000</code> 4050 4050 </em></span> 4051 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min protocol (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 6604"></a>4051 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min protocol (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324722"></a> 4052 4052 4053 4053 min protocol (G) 4054 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 6605"></a><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the4054 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324723"></a><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the 4055 4055 lowest SMB protocol dialect than Samba will support. Please refer 4056 4056 to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXPROTOCOL" target="_top">max protocol</a> … … 4064 4064 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">NT1</code> 4065 4065 </em></span> 4066 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min receivefile size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 6697"></a>4066 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min receivefile size (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324814"></a> 4067 4067 4068 4068 min receivefile size (G) 4069 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 6698"></a><a name="MINRECEIVEFILESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option changes the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when processing SMBwriteX calls. Any incoming4069 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324816"></a><a name="MINRECEIVEFILESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option changes the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when processing SMBwriteX calls. Any incoming 4070 4070 SMBwriteX call on a non-signed SMB/CIFS connection greater than this value will not be processed in the normal way but will 4071 4071 be passed to any underlying kernel recvfile or splice system call (if there is no such … … 4076 4076 nonzero. The maximum value is 128k. Values greater than 128k will be silently set to 128k.</p><p>Note this option will have NO EFFECT if set on a SMB signed connection.</p><p>The default is zero, which diables this option.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min receivefile size</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 4077 4077 </em></span> 4078 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min wins ttl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 6758"></a>4078 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="min wins ttl (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324877"></a> 4079 4079 4080 4080 min wins ttl (G) 4081 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 6759"></a><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>4081 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324878"></a><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> 4082 4082 when acting as a WINS server (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT" target="_top">wins support = yes</a>) what the minimum 'time to live' 4083 4083 of NetBIOS names that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will grant will be (in … … 4085 4085 is 6 hours (21600 seconds).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min wins ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">21600</code> 4086 4086 </em></span> 4087 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="msdfs proxy (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 6826"></a>4087 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="msdfs proxy (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id324945"></a> 4088 4088 4089 4089 msdfs proxy (S) 4090 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 6827"></a><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a4090 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324946"></a><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a 4091 4091 stand-in for another CIFS share whose location is specified by 4092 4092 the value of the parameter. When clients attempt to connect to … … 4096 4096 options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">\otherserver\someshare</code> 4097 4097 </em></span> 4098 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="msdfs root (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 6899"></a>4098 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="msdfs root (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325018"></a> 4099 4099 4100 4100 msdfs root (S) 4101 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 6900"></a><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba treats the4101 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325019"></a><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba treats the 4102 4102 share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse the 4103 4103 distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory. … … 4107 4107 Samba, refer to the MSDFS chapter in the Samba3-HOWTO book.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs root</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4108 4108 </em></span> 4109 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="name cache timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 6952"></a>4109 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="name cache timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325070"></a> 4110 4110 4111 4111 name cache timeout (G) 4112 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 6953"></a><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before4112 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325071"></a><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before 4113 4113 entries in samba's hostname resolve cache time out. If 4114 4114 the timeout is set to 0. the caching is disabled. … … 4117 4117 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name cache timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 4118 4118 </em></span> 4119 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="name resolve order (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 7010"></a>4119 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="name resolve order (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325129"></a> 4120 4120 4121 4121 name resolve order (G) 4122 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 7011"></a><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba4122 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325130"></a><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba 4123 4123 suite to determine what naming services to use and in what order 4124 4124 to resolve host names to IP addresses. Its main purpose to is to … … 4151 4151 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name resolve order</code></em> = <code class="literal">lmhosts bcast host</code> 4152 4152 </em></span> 4153 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="netbios aliases (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 7192"></a>4153 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="netbios aliases (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325310"></a> 4154 4154 4155 4155 netbios aliases (G) 4156 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 7193"></a><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will4156 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325311"></a><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will 4157 4157 advertise as additional names by which the Samba server is known. This allows one machine 4158 4158 to appear in browse lists under multiple names. If a machine is acting as a browse server … … 4164 4164 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios aliases</code></em> = <code class="literal">TEST TEST1 TEST2</code> 4165 4165 </em></span> 4166 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="netbios name (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 7254"></a>4166 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="netbios name (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325371"></a> 4167 4167 4168 4168 netbios name (G) 4169 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 7255"></a><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4169 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325372"></a><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4170 4170 This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known. By default it is the same as the first component 4171 4171 of the host's DNS name. If a machine is a browse server or logon server this name (or the first component of … … 4180 4180 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios name</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYNAME</code> 4181 4181 </em></span> 4182 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="netbios scope (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 7331"></a>4182 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="netbios scope (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325448"></a> 4183 4183 4184 4184 netbios scope (G) 4185 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 7332"></a><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will4185 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325449"></a><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will 4186 4186 operate under. This should not be set unless every machine 4187 4187 on your LAN also sets this value.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios scope</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4188 4188 </em></span> 4189 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nis homedir (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 7371"></a>4189 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nis homedir (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325489"></a> 4190 4190 4191 4191 nis homedir (G) 4192 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 7372"></a><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For4192 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325490"></a><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For 4193 4193 UNIX systems that use an automounter, the user's home directory 4194 4194 will often be mounted on a workstation on demand from a remote … … 4209 4209 be a logon server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nis homedir</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4210 4210 </em></span> 4211 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nmbd bind explicit broadcast (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 7442"></a>4211 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nmbd bind explicit broadcast (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325559"></a> 4212 4212 4213 4213 nmbd bind explicit broadcast (G) 4214 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 7443"></a><a name="NMBDBINDEXPLICITBROADCAST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4214 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325560"></a><a name="NMBDBINDEXPLICITBROADCAST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4215 4215 This option causes <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to explicitly bind to the 4216 4216 broadcast address of the local subnets. This is needed to make nmbd … … 4219 4219 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nmbd bind explicit broadcast</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4220 4220 </em></span> 4221 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nt acl support (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 7505"></a>4221 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nt acl support (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325621"></a> 4222 4222 4223 4223 nt acl support (S) 4224 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 7506"></a><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map4224 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325622"></a><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map 4225 4225 UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists. The UNIX 4226 4226 permissions considered are the the traditional UNIX owner and … … 4229 4229 releases prior to 2.2.2.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt acl support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4230 4230 </em></span> 4231 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ntlm auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 7556"></a>4231 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="ntlm auth (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325673"></a> 4232 4232 4233 4233 ntlm auth (G) 4234 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 7557"></a><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to4234 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325674"></a><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 4235 4235 authenticate users using the NTLM encrypted password response. 4236 4236 If disabled, either the lanman password hash or an NTLMv2 response … … 4240 4240 special configuration to use it.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ntlm auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4241 4241 </em></span> 4242 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nt pipe support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 7617"></a>4242 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nt pipe support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325734"></a> 4243 4243 4244 4244 nt pipe support (G) 4245 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 7618"></a><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether4245 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325735"></a><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether 4246 4246 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow Windows NT 4247 4247 clients to connect to the NT SMB specific <code class="constant">IPC$</code> … … 4249 4249 alone.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt pipe support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4250 4250 </em></span> 4251 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nt status support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 7669"></a>4251 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="nt status support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325787"></a> 4252 4252 4253 4253 nt status support (G) 4254 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 7670"></a><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status4254 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325788"></a><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status 4255 4255 support with Windows NT/2k/XP clients. This is a developer debugging option and should be left alone. 4256 4256 If this option is set to <code class="constant">no</code> then Samba offers … … 4258 4258 reported.</p><p>You should not need to ever disable this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt status support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4259 4259 </em></span> 4260 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="null passwords (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 7727"></a>4260 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="null passwords (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325845"></a> 4261 4261 4262 4262 null passwords (G) 4263 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 7728"></a><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>null passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>4264 </em></span> 4265 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="obey pam restrictions (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 7779"></a>4263 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325846"></a><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>null passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4264 </em></span> 4265 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="obey pam restrictions (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325897"></a> 4266 4266 4267 4267 obey pam restrictions (G) 4268 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 7780"></a><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support4268 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325898"></a><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support 4269 4269 (i.e. --with-pam), this parameter will control whether or not Samba 4270 4270 should obey PAM's account and session management directives. The … … 4276 4276 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>obey pam restrictions</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4277 4277 </em></span> 4278 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="only user (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 7837"></a>4278 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="only user (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325954"></a> 4279 4279 4280 4280 only user (S) 4281 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 7838"></a><a name="ONLYUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether4281 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325955"></a><a name="ONLYUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether 4282 4282 connections with usernames not in the <em class="parameter"><code>user</code></em> 4283 4283 list will be allowed. By default this option is disabled so that a … … 4292 4292 name of the user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>only user</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4293 4293 </em></span> 4294 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="oplock break wait time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 7920"></a>4294 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="oplock break wait time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326038"></a> 4295 4295 4296 4296 oplock break wait time (G) 4297 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 7921"></a><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4297 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326039"></a><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4298 4298 This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in both Windows 9x and WinNT. If Samba responds to a client too 4299 4299 quickly when that client issues an SMB that can cause an oplock break request, then the network client can … … 4304 4304 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplock break wait time</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 4305 4305 </em></span> 4306 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="oplock contention limit (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 7968"></a>4306 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="oplock contention limit (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326087"></a> 4307 4307 4308 4308 oplock contention limit (S) 4309 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 7970"></a><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4309 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326088"></a><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4310 4310 This is a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> advanced <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> tuning option to improve the efficiency of the 4311 4311 granting of oplocks under multiple client contention for the same file. … … 4319 4319 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplock contention limit</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 4320 4320 </em></span> 4321 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="oplocks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 8047"></a>4321 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="oplocks (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326164"></a> 4322 4322 4323 4323 oplocks (S) 4324 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 8048"></a><a name="OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4324 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326165"></a><a name="OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4325 4325 This boolean option tells <code class="literal">smbd</code> whether to 4326 4326 issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this … … 4339 4339 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4340 4340 </em></span> 4341 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="os2 driver map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 8124"></a>4341 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="os2 driver map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326242"></a> 4342 4342 4343 4343 os2 driver map (G) 4344 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 8125"></a><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute4344 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326243"></a><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute 4345 4345 path to a file containing a mapping of Windows NT printer driver 4346 4346 names to OS/2 printer driver names. The format is:</p><p><nt driver name> = <os2 driver name>.<device name></p><p>For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5 … … 4352 4352 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os2 driver map</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4353 4353 </em></span> 4354 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="os level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 8184"></a>4354 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="os level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326302"></a> 4355 4355 4356 4356 os level (G) 4357 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 8185"></a><a name="OSLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4357 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326303"></a><a name="OSLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4358 4358 This integer value controls what level Samba advertises itself as for browse elections. The value of this 4359 4359 parameter determines whether <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> in the local broadcast area. … … 4371 4371 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os level</code></em> = <code class="literal">65</code> 4372 4372 </em></span> 4373 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="pam password change (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 8277"></a>4373 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="pam password change (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326395"></a> 4374 4374 4375 4375 pam password change (G) 4376 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 8278"></a><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2,4376 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326396"></a><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2, 4377 4377 this parameter, it is possible to use PAM's password change control 4378 4378 flag for Samba. If enabled, then PAM will be used for password … … 4382 4382 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDCHAT" target="_top">passwd chat</a> parameter for most setups.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pam password change</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4383 4383 </em></span> 4384 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="panic action (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 8345"></a>4384 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="panic action (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326461"></a> 4385 4385 4386 4386 panic action (G) 4387 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 8346"></a><a name="PANICACTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a4387 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326462"></a><a name="PANICACTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a 4388 4388 system command to be called when either <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> or <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> crashes. This is usually used to 4389 4389 draw attention to the fact that a problem occurred. … … 4392 4392 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>panic action</code></em> = <code class="literal">"/bin/sleep 90000"</code> 4393 4393 </em></span> 4394 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="paranoid server security (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 8419"></a>4394 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="paranoid server security (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326536"></a> 4395 4395 4396 4396 paranoid server security (G) 4397 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 8420"></a><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest4397 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326537"></a><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest 4398 4398 users with a bad passowrd. When this option is enabled, samba will not 4399 4399 use a broken NT 4.x server as password server, but instead complain … … 4403 4403 bad logon to the remote server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>paranoid server security</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4404 4404 </em></span> 4405 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passdb backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 8466"></a>4405 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passdb backend (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326583"></a> 4406 4406 4407 4407 passdb backend (G) 4408 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 8467"></a><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backend4408 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326584"></a><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backend 4409 4409 will be used for storing user and possibly group information. This allows 4410 4410 you to swap between different storage mechanisms without recompile. </p><p>The parameter value is divided into two parts, the backend's name, and a 'location' … … 4441 4441 </pre><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passdb backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdbsam</code> 4442 4442 </em></span> 4443 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passdb expand explicit (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 8609"></a>4443 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passdb expand explicit (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326727"></a> 4444 4444 4445 4445 passdb expand explicit (G) 4446 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 8610"></a><a name="PASSDBEXPANDEXPLICIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4446 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326728"></a><a name="PASSDBEXPANDEXPLICIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4447 4447 This parameter controls whether Samba substitutes %-macros in the passdb fields if they are explicitly set. We 4448 4448 used to expand macros here, but this turned out to be a bug because the Windows client can expand a variable … … 4450 4450 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passdb expand explicit</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4451 4451 </em></span> 4452 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd chat debug (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 8652"></a>4452 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd chat debug (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326770"></a> 4453 4453 4454 4454 passwd chat debug (G) 4455 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 8653"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script4455 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326771"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script 4456 4456 parameter is run in <span class="emphasis"><em>debug</em></span> mode. In this mode the 4457 4457 strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed … … 4466 4466 parameter is set. This parameter is off by default.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat debug</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4467 4467 </em></span> 4468 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd chat timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 8749"></a>4468 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd chat timeout (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326866"></a> 4469 4469 4470 4470 passwd chat timeout (G) 4471 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 8750"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial4471 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326867"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial 4472 4472 answer from a passwd chat script being run. Once the initial answer is received 4473 4473 the subsequent answers must be received in one tenth of this time. The default it 4474 4474 two seconds.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 4475 4475 </em></span> 4476 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd chat (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 8792"></a>4476 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd chat (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326909"></a> 4477 4477 4478 4478 passwd chat (G) 4479 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 8793"></a><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span>4479 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326910"></a><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span> 4480 4480 conversation that takes places between <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and the local password changing 4481 4481 program to change the user's password. The string describes a … … 4508 4508 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat</code></em> = <code class="literal">"*Enter NEW password*" %n\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\n "*Password changed*"</code> 4509 4509 </em></span> 4510 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd program (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 8976"></a>4510 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="passwd program (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327093"></a> 4511 4511 4512 4512 passwd program (G) 4513 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 8977"></a><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set4513 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327094"></a><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set 4514 4514 UNIX user passwords. Any occurrences of <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em> 4515 4515 will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked for … … 4532 4532 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd program</code></em> = <code class="literal">/bin/passwd %u</code> 4533 4533 </em></span> 4534 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="password level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 9102"></a>4534 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="password level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327219"></a> 4535 4535 4536 4536 password level (G) 4537 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 9103"></a><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty4537 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327220"></a><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty 4538 4538 with mixed-case passwords. One offending client is Windows for 4539 4539 Workgroups, which for some reason forces passwords to upper … … 4557 4557 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password level</code></em> = <code class="literal">4</code> 4558 4558 </em></span> 4559 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="password server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 9228"></a>4559 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="password server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327345"></a> 4560 4560 4561 4561 password server (G) 4562 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 9229"></a><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server4562 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327346"></a><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server 4563 4563 or Active Directory domain controller with this option, 4564 4564 and using <code class="literal">security = [ads|domain|server]</code> … … 4620 4620 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password server</code></em> = <code class="literal">windc.mydomain.com:389 192.168.1.101 *</code> 4621 4621 </em></span> 4622 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 9493"></a>4622 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="directory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327610"></a> 4623 4623 4624 4624 <a name="DIRECTORY"></a>directory 4625 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 9494"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PATH">path</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="path (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329524"></a>4625 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327611"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PATH">path</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="path (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327641"></a> 4626 4626 4627 4627 path (S) 4628 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 9525"></a><a name="PATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which4628 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327642"></a><a name="PATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which 4629 4629 the user of the service is to be given access. In the case of 4630 4630 printable services, this is where print data will spool prior to … … 4643 4643 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home/fred</code> 4644 4644 </em></span> 4645 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="perfcount module (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 9622"></a>4645 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="perfcount module (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327738"></a> 4646 4646 4647 4647 perfcount module (G) 4648 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 9623"></a><a name="PERFCOUNTMODULE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the perfcount backend to be used when monitoring SMB4648 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327739"></a><a name="PERFCOUNTMODULE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the perfcount backend to be used when monitoring SMB 4649 4649 operations. Only one perfcount module may be used, and it must implement all of the 4650 4650 apis contained in the smb_perfcount_handler structure defined in smb.h. 4651 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="pid directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 9652"></a>4651 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="pid directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327768"></a> 4652 4652 4653 4653 pid directory (G) 4654 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 9653"></a><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4654 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327769"></a><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4655 4655 This option specifies the directory where pid files will be placed. 4656 4656 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pid directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/var/locks</code> … … 4658 4658 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pid directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">pid directory = /var/run/</code> 4659 4659 </em></span> 4660 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="posix locking (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 9710"></a>4660 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="posix locking (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327826"></a> 4661 4661 4662 4662 posix locking (S) 4663 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 9711"></a><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4663 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327827"></a><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4664 4664 The <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> 4665 4665 daemon maintains an database of file locks obtained by SMB clients. The default behavior is … … 4669 4669 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>posix locking</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4670 4670 </em></span> 4671 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="postexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 9761"></a>4671 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="postexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327877"></a> 4672 4672 4673 4673 postexec (S) 4674 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 9762"></a><a name="POSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run4674 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327878"></a><a name="POSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run 4675 4675 whenever the service is disconnected. It takes the usual 4676 4676 substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some … … 4680 4680 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>postexec</code></em> = <code class="literal">echo \"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</code> 4681 4681 </em></span> 4682 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preexec close (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 9831"></a>4682 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preexec close (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327947"></a> 4683 4683 4684 4684 preexec close (S) 4685 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 9832"></a><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4685 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327948"></a><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4686 4686 This boolean option controls whether a non-zero return code from <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREEXEC" target="_top">preexec</a> 4687 4687 should close the service being connected to. 4688 4688 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4689 4689 </em></span> 4690 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="exec"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id32 9884"></a>4690 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="exec"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328001"></a> 4691 4691 4692 4692 <a name="EXEC"></a>exec 4693 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 9885"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREEXEC">preexec</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329915"></a>4693 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328002"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREEXEC">preexec</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328032"></a> 4694 4694 4695 4695 preexec (S) 4696 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id32 9916"></a><a name="PREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever4696 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328033"></a><a name="PREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever 4697 4697 the service is connected to. It takes the usual substitutions.</p><p>An interesting example is to send the users a welcome 4698 4698 message every time they log in. Maybe a message of the day? Here … … 4706 4706 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal">echo \"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</code> 4707 4707 </em></span> 4708 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="prefered master"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30016"></a>4708 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="prefered master"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328133"></a> 4709 4709 4710 4710 <a name="PREFEREDMASTER"></a>prefered master 4711 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30017"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREFERREDMASTER">preferred master</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preferred master (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330048"></a>4711 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328134"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREFERREDMASTER">preferred master</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preferred master (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328165"></a> 4712 4712 4713 4713 preferred master (G) 4714 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30049"></a><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4714 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328166"></a><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4715 4715 This boolean parameter controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> is a preferred master browser for its workgroup. 4716 4716 </p><p> … … 4726 4726 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preferred master</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 4727 4727 </em></span> 4728 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preload modules (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30135"></a>4728 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preload modules (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328251"></a> 4729 4729 4730 4730 preload modules (G) 4731 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30136"></a><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should4731 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328252"></a><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should 4732 4732 be loaded into smbd before a client connects. This improves 4733 4733 the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> … … 4735 4735 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so</code> 4736 4736 </em></span> 4737 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="auto services"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30193"></a>4737 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="auto services"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328310"></a> 4738 4738 4739 4739 <a name="AUTOSERVICES"></a>auto services 4740 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30194"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRELOAD">preload</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preload (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330225"></a>4740 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328311"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRELOAD">preload</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preload (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328342"></a> 4741 4741 4742 4742 preload (G) 4743 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30226"></a><a name="PRELOAD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be4743 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328343"></a><a name="PRELOAD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be 4744 4744 automatically added to the browse lists. This is most useful 4745 4745 for homes and printers services that would otherwise not be … … 4752 4752 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload</code></em> = <code class="literal">fred lp colorlp</code> 4753 4753 </em></span> 4754 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preserve case (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30298"></a>4754 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="preserve case (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328414"></a> 4755 4755 4756 4756 preserve case (S) 4757 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30299"></a><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4757 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328415"></a><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4758 4758 This controls if new filenames are created with the case that the client passes, or if 4759 4759 they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE" target="_top">default case</a>. … … 4762 4762 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4763 4763 </em></span> 4764 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="print ok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30362"></a>4764 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="print ok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328478"></a> 4765 4765 4766 4766 <a name="PRINTOK"></a>print ok 4767 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30363"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTABLE">printable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330393"></a>4767 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328479"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTABLE">printable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328509"></a> 4768 4768 4769 4769 printable (S) 4770 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30394"></a><a name="PRINTABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then4770 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328510"></a><a name="PRINTABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then 4771 4771 clients may open, write to and submit spool files on the directory 4772 4772 specified for the service. </p><p>Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing … … 4775 4775 the resource.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4776 4776 </em></span> 4777 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printcap cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30453"></a>4777 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printcap cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328569"></a> 4778 4778 4779 4779 printcap cache time (G) 4780 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30454"></a><a name="PRINTCAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing4780 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328570"></a><a name="PRINTCAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing 4781 4781 subsystem is again asked for the known printers. If the value 4782 4782 is greater than 60 the initial waiting time is set to 60 seconds … … 4788 4788 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printcap cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">600</code> 4789 4789 </em></span> 4790 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printcap"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30518"></a>4790 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printcap"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328633"></a> 4791 4791 4792 4792 <a name="PRINTCAP"></a>printcap 4793 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30519"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTCAPNAME">printcap name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printcap name (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330550"></a>4793 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328634"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTCAPNAME">printcap name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printcap name (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328664"></a> 4794 4794 4795 4795 printcap name (G) 4796 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30551"></a><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4796 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328665"></a><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4797 4797 This parameter may be used to override the compiled-in default printcap name used by the server (usually 4798 4798 <code class="filename"> /etc/printcap</code>). See the discussion of the <a class="link" href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">[printers]</a> section above for reasons why you might want to do this. … … 4829 4829 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printcap name</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/myprintcap</code> 4830 4830 </em></span> 4831 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="print command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30722"></a>4831 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="print command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328836"></a> 4832 4832 4833 4833 print command (S) 4834 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30723"></a><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to4834 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328837"></a><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to 4835 4835 a service, this command will be used via a <code class="literal">system()</code> 4836 4836 call to process the spool file. Typically the command specified will … … 4874 4874 set print command will be ignored.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>print command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s</code> 4875 4875 </em></span> 4876 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printer admin (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 30968"></a>4876 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printer admin (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329082"></a> 4877 4877 4878 4878 printer admin (S) 4879 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 30969"></a><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4879 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329083"></a><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4880 4880 This lists users who can do anything to printers 4881 4881 via the remote administration interfaces offered … … 4893 4893 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer admin</code></em> = <code class="literal">admin, @staff</code> 4894 4894 </em></span> 4895 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31032"></a>4895 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329146"></a> 4896 4896 4897 4897 <a name="PRINTER"></a>printer 4898 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31033"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printer name (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331062"></a>4898 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329147"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printer name (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329177"></a> 4899 4899 4900 4900 printer name (S) 4901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31063"></a><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329178"></a><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4902 4902 This parameter specifies the name of the printer to which print jobs spooled through a printable service 4903 4903 will be sent. … … 4912 4912 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer name</code></em> = <code class="literal">laserwriter</code> 4913 4913 </em></span> 4914 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printing (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31146"></a>4914 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printing (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329261"></a> 4915 4915 4916 4916 printing (S) 4917 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31147"></a><a name="PRINTING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is4917 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329262"></a><a name="PRINTING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is 4918 4918 interpreted on your system. It also affects the default values for 4919 4919 the <em class="parameter"><code>print command</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lpq command</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lppause command </code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em>, and <em class="parameter"><code>lprm command</code></em> if specified in the … … 4932 4932 <code class="literal">testparm -v.</code></code> 4933 4933 </em></span> 4934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printjob username (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31292"></a>4934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="printjob username (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329407"></a> 4935 4935 4936 4936 printjob username (S) 4937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31293"></a><a name="PRINTJOBUSERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies which user information will be4937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329408"></a><a name="PRINTJOBUSERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies which user information will be 4938 4938 passed to the printing system. Usually, the username is sent, 4939 4939 but in some cases, e.g. the domain prefix is useful, too.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printjob username</code></em> = <code class="literal">%U</code> … … 4941 4941 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printjob username</code></em> = <code class="literal">%D\%U</code> 4942 4942 </em></span> 4943 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="private dir (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31351"></a>4943 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="private dir (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329467"></a> 4944 4944 4945 4945 private dir (G) 4946 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31352"></a><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory4946 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329468"></a><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory 4947 4947 smbd will use for storing such files as <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code> 4948 4948 and <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code>. 4949 4949 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>private dir</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/private</code> 4950 4950 </em></span> 4951 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="profile acls (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31404"></a>4951 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="profile acls (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329520"></a> 4952 4952 4953 4953 profile acls (S) 4954 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31405"></a><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4954 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329521"></a><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4955 4955 This boolean parameter was added to fix the problems that people have been 4956 4956 having with storing user profiles on Samba shares from Windows 2000 or … … 4983 4983 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>profile acls</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4984 4984 </em></span> 4985 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="queuepause command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31469"></a>4985 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="queuepause command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329584"></a> 4986 4986 4987 4987 queuepause command (S) 4988 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31470"></a><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be4988 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329585"></a><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 4989 4989 executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 4990 4990 a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue, … … 4997 4997 server.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>queuepause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">disable %p</code> 4998 4998 </em></span> 4999 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="queueresume command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31539"></a>4999 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="queueresume command (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329654"></a> 5000 5000 5001 5001 queueresume command (S) 5002 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31540"></a><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be5002 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329655"></a><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 5003 5003 executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It 5004 5004 is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the … … 5015 5015 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>queueresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">enable %p</code> 5016 5016 </em></span> 5017 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="read list (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31633"></a>5017 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="read list (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329748"></a> 5018 5018 5019 5019 read list (S) 5020 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31634"></a><a name="READLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5020 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329749"></a><a name="READLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5021 5021 This is a list of users that are given read-only access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list 5022 5022 then they will not be given write access, no matter what the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> option is set … … 5028 5028 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read list</code></em> = <code class="literal">mary, @students</code> 5029 5029 </em></span> 5030 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="read only (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31728"></a>5030 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="read only (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329843"></a> 5031 5031 5032 5032 read only (S) 5033 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31729"></a><a name="READONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITEABLE" target="_top">writeable</a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then users5033 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329844"></a><a name="READONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITEABLE" target="_top">writeable</a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then users 5034 5034 of a service may not create or modify files in the service's 5035 5035 directory.</p><p>Note that a printable service (<code class="literal">printable = yes</code>) … … 5037 5037 (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read only</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5038 5038 </em></span> 5039 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="read raw (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31800"></a>5039 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="read raw (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329917"></a> 5040 5040 5041 5041 read raw (G) 5042 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31801"></a><a name="READRAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server5042 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329918"></a><a name="READRAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server 5043 5043 will support the raw read SMB requests when transferring data 5044 5044 to clients.</p><p>If enabled, raw reads allow reads of 65535 bytes in … … 5049 5049 tool and left severely alone.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read raw</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5050 5050 </em></span> 5051 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="realm (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3 31855"></a>5051 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="realm (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329973"></a> 5052 5052 5053 5053 realm (G) 5054 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id3 31856"></a><a name="REALM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is5054 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329974"></a><a name="REALM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is 5055 5055 used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4 <code class="literal">domain</code>. It 5056 5056 is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server. … … 5059 5059 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>realm</code></em> = <code class="literal">mysambabox.mycompany.com</code> 5060 5060 </em></span> 5061 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="registry shares (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 1918"></a>5061 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="registry shares (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330037"></a> 5062 5062 5063 5063 registry shares (G) 5064 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 1920"></a><a name="REGISTRYSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5064 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330038"></a><a name="REGISTRYSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5065 5065 This turns on or off support for share definitions read from 5066 5066 registry. Shares defined in <span class="emphasis"><em>smb.conf</em></span> take … … 5077 5077 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>registry shares</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5078 5078 </em></span> 5079 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="remote announce (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 2001"></a>5079 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="remote announce (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330120"></a> 5080 5080 5081 5081 remote announce (G) 5082 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 2002"></a><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5082 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330121"></a><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5083 5083 This option allows you to setup <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically announce itself 5084 5084 to arbitrary IP addresses with an arbitrary workgroup name. … … 5104 5104 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>remote announce</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 5105 5105 </em></span> 5106 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="remote browse sync (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 2097"></a>5106 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="remote browse sync (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330215"></a> 5107 5107 5108 5108 remote browse sync (G) 5109 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 2098"></a><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5109 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330216"></a><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5110 5110 This option allows you to setup <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically request 5111 5111 synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba … … 5139 5139 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>remote browse sync</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 5140 5140 </em></span> 5141 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="rename user script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 2198"></a>5141 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="rename user script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330314"></a> 5142 5142 5143 5143 rename user script (G) 5144 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 2199"></a><a name="RENAMEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5144 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330315"></a><a name="RENAMEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5145 5145 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run as root by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> under special circumstances described below. 5146 5146 </p><p> … … 5160 5160 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>rename user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5161 5161 </em></span> 5162 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="reset on zero vc (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 2284"></a>5162 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="reset on zero vc (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330399"></a> 5163 5163 5164 5164 reset on zero vc (G) 5165 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 2285"></a><a name="RESETONZEROVC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5165 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330400"></a><a name="RESETONZEROVC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5166 5166 This boolean option controls whether an incoming session setup 5167 5167 should kill other connections coming from the same IP. This matches … … 5182 5182 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>reset on zero vc</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5183 5183 </em></span> 5184 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="restrict anonymous (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 2330"></a>5184 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="restrict anonymous (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330445"></a> 5185 5185 5186 5186 restrict anonymous (G) 5187 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 2331"></a><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and5187 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330446"></a><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and 5188 5188 group list information is returned for an anonymous connection. 5189 5189 and mirrors the effects of the … … 5208 5208 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>restrict anonymous</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 5209 5209 </em></span> 5210 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 2404"></a>5210 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330520"></a> 5211 5211 5212 5212 <a name="ROOT"></a>root 5213 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 2405"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root dir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332436"></a>5213 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330521"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root dir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330552"></a> 5214 5214 5215 5215 <a name="ROOTDIR"></a>root dir 5216 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 2437"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332467"></a>5216 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330553"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330582"></a> 5217 5217 5218 5218 root directory (G) 5219 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 2468"></a><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The server will <code class="literal">chroot()</code> (i.e.5219 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330584"></a><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The server will <code class="literal">chroot()</code> (i.e. 5220 5220 Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is 5221 5221 not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the … … 5240 5240 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/homes/smb</code> 5241 5241 </em></span> 5242 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root postexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 2583"></a>5242 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root postexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330699"></a> 5243 5243 5244 5244 root postexec (S) 5245 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 2584"></a><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5245 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330700"></a><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5246 5246 This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>postexec</code></em> 5247 5247 parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for … … 5249 5249 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root postexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 5250 5250 </em></span> 5251 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root preexec close (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 2630"></a>5251 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root preexec close (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330745"></a> 5252 5252 5253 5253 root preexec close (S) 5254 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 2631"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec close5254 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330746"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec close 5255 5255 </code></em> parameter except that the command is run as root.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5256 5256 </em></span> 5257 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root preexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 2677"></a>5257 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="root preexec (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330792"></a> 5258 5258 5259 5259 root preexec (S) 5260 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 2678"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5260 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330793"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5261 5261 This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> 5262 5262 parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for … … 5264 5264 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 5265 5265 </em></span> 5266 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="security mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 2724"></a>5266 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="security mask (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330839"></a> 5267 5267 5268 5268 security mask (S) 5269 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 2726"></a><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5269 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330840"></a><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5270 5270 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the 5271 5271 UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. … … 5286 5286 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0770</code> 5287 5287 </em></span> 5288 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="security (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 2820"></a>5288 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="security (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330934"></a> 5289 5289 5290 5290 security (G) 5291 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 2821"></a><a name="SECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to5291 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330935"></a><a name="SECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to 5292 5292 Samba and is one of the most important settings in the <code class="filename"> 5293 5293 smb.conf</code> file.</p><p>The option sets the "security mode bit" in replies to … … 5413 5413 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security</code></em> = <code class="literal">DOMAIN</code> 5414 5414 </em></span> 5415 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="server schannel (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 3611"></a>5415 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="server schannel (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331729"></a> 5416 5416 5417 5417 server schannel (G) 5418 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 3612"></a><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5418 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331730"></a><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5419 5419 This controls whether the server offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. 5420 5420 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL" target="_top">server schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL" target="_top">server schannel = auto</a> offers the schannel but does not enforce it, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL" target="_top">server schannel = yes</a> denies access if the client is not able to speak netlogon schannel. … … 5427 5427 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5428 5428 </em></span> 5429 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="server signing (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 3719"></a>5429 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="server signing (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331837"></a> 5430 5430 5431 5431 server signing (G) 5432 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 3720"></a><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB signing. Possible values5432 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331838"></a><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client is allowed or required to use SMB signing. Possible values 5433 5433 are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span> 5434 5434 and <span class="emphasis"><em>disabled</em></span>. … … 5437 5437 to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">Disabled</code> 5438 5438 </em></span> 5439 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="server string (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 3776"></a>5439 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="server string (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331895"></a> 5440 5440 5441 5441 server string (G) 5442 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 3777"></a><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print5442 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331896"></a><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print 5443 5443 manager and next to the IPC connection in <code class="literal">net view</code>. It 5444 5444 can be any string that you wish to show to your users.</p><p>It also sets what will appear in browse lists next … … 5449 5449 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server string</code></em> = <code class="literal">University of GNUs Samba Server</code> 5450 5450 </em></span> 5451 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="set directory (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 3863"></a>5451 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="set directory (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331982"></a> 5452 5452 5453 5453 set directory (S) 5454 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 3864"></a><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5454 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331983"></a><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5455 5455 If <code class="literal">set directory = no</code>, then users of the 5456 5456 service may not use the setdir command to change directory. … … 5461 5461 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5462 5462 </em></span> 5463 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="set primary group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 3920"></a>5463 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="set primary group script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332039"></a> 5464 5464 5465 5465 set primary group script (G) 5466 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 3921"></a><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a5466 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332040"></a><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a 5467 5467 primary group in addition to the auxiliary groups. This script 5468 5468 sets the primary group in the unix userdatase when an … … 5476 5476 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set primary group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/usermod -g '%g' '%u'</code> 5477 5477 </em></span> 5478 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="set quota command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 3998"></a>5478 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="set quota command (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332117"></a> 5479 5479 5480 5480 set quota command (G) 5481 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 3999"></a><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">set quota command</code> should only be used5481 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332118"></a><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">set quota command</code> should only be used 5482 5482 whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that 5483 5483 samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available if Samba was configured with the argument <code class="literal">--with-sys-quotas</code> or … … 5489 5489 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/set_quota</code> 5490 5490 </em></span> 5491 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="share:fake_fscaps (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 4151"></a>5491 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="share:fake_fscaps (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332270"></a> 5492 5492 5493 5493 share:fake_fscaps (G) 5494 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 4152"></a><a name="SHARE:FAKE_FSCAPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5494 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332272"></a><a name="SHARE:FAKE_FSCAPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5495 5495 This is needed to support some special application that makes 5496 5496 QFSINFO calls to check whether we set the SPARSE_FILES bit … … 5502 5502 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>share:fake_fscaps</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 5503 5503 </em></span> 5504 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="share modes (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 4207"></a>5504 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="share modes (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332326"></a> 5505 5505 5506 5506 share modes (S) 5507 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 4208"></a><a name="SHAREMODES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of5507 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332327"></a><a name="SHAREMODES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of 5508 5508 the <em class="parameter"><code>share modes</code></em> during a file open. These 5509 5509 modes are used by clients to gain exclusive read or write access … … 5517 5517 off as many Windows applications will break if you do so.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>share modes</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5518 5518 </em></span> 5519 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="short preserve case (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 4278"></a>5519 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="short preserve case (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332397"></a> 5520 5520 5521 5521 short preserve case (S) 5522 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 4279"></a><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5522 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332398"></a><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5523 5523 This boolean parameter controls if new files which conform to 8.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of 5524 5524 suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE" target="_top">default case</a>. … … 5527 5527 </p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>short preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5528 5528 </em></span> 5529 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="show add printer wizard (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 4352"></a>5529 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="show add printer wizard (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332471"></a> 5530 5530 5531 5531 show add printer wizard (G) 5532 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 4353"></a><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support5532 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332472"></a><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support 5533 5533 for Windows NT/2000 client in Samba 2.2, a "Printers..." folder will 5534 5534 appear on Samba hosts in the share listing. Normally this folder will … … 5548 5548 administrative privilege on an individual printer.</p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>show add printer wizard</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5549 5549 </em></span> 5550 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="shutdown script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 4424"></a>5550 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="shutdown script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332543"></a> 5551 5551 5552 5552 shutdown script (G) 5553 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 4425"></a><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by5553 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332544"></a><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by 5554 5554 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that should 5555 5555 start a shutdown procedure.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>, … … 5577 5577 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f</code> 5578 5578 </em></span> 5579 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="smb encrypt (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 4570"></a>5579 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="smb encrypt (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332690"></a> 5580 5580 5581 5581 smb encrypt (S) 5582 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 4572"></a><a name="SMBENCRYPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a new feature introduced with Samba 3.2 and above. It is an5582 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332691"></a><a name="SMBENCRYPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a new feature introduced with Samba 3.2 and above. It is an 5583 5583 extension to the SMB/CIFS protocol negotiated as part of the UNIX extensions. 5584 5584 SMB encryption uses the GSSAPI (SSPI on Windows) ability to encrypt … … 5608 5608 to disabled, SMB encryption can not be negotiated.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb encrypt</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 5609 5609 </em></span> 5610 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="smb passwd file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 4661"></a>5610 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="smb passwd file (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332782"></a> 5611 5611 5612 5612 smb passwd file (G) 5613 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 4662"></a><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By5613 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332783"></a><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By 5614 5614 default the path to the smbpasswd file is compiled into Samba.</p><p> 5615 5615 An example of use is: … … 5619 5619 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb passwd file</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/private/smbpasswd</code> 5620 5620 </em></span> 5621 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="smb ports (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 4713"></a>5621 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="smb ports (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332832"></a> 5622 5622 5623 5623 smb ports (G) 5624 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 4714"></a><a name="SMBPORTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb ports</code></em> = <code class="literal">445 139</code>5625 </em></span> 5626 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="socket address (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 4754"></a>5624 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332834"></a><a name="SMBPORTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb ports</code></em> = <code class="literal">445 139</code> 5625 </em></span> 5626 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="socket address (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332874"></a> 5627 5627 5628 5628 socket address (G) 5629 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 4755"></a><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what5629 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332875"></a><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what 5630 5630 address Samba will listen for connections on. This is used to 5631 5631 support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each … … 5636 5636 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket address</code></em> = <code class="literal">192.168.2.20</code> 5637 5637 </em></span> 5638 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="socket options (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 4820"></a>5638 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="socket options (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332940"></a> 5639 5639 5640 5640 socket options (G) 5641 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 4821"></a><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options5641 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332941"></a><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options 5642 5642 to be used when talking with the client.</p><p>Socket options are controls on the networking layer 5643 5643 of the operating systems which allow the connection to be … … 5667 5667 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket options</code></em> = <code class="literal">IPTOS_LOWDELAY</code> 5668 5668 </em></span> 5669 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="stat cache (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5012"></a>5669 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="stat cache (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333133"></a> 5670 5670 5671 5671 stat cache (G) 5672 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5013"></a><a name="STATCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to5672 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333134"></a><a name="STATCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to 5673 5673 speed up case insensitive name mappings. You should never need 5674 5674 to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5675 5675 </em></span> 5676 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="state directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5062"></a>5676 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="state directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333182"></a> 5677 5677 5678 5678 state directory (G) 5679 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5063"></a><a name="STATEDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Usually, most of the TDB files are stored in the5679 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333183"></a><a name="STATEDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Usually, most of the TDB files are stored in the 5680 5680 <em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em>. Since 5681 5681 Samba 3.4.0, it is possible to differentiate between TDB files … … 5689 5689 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>state directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/samba/locks/state</code> 5690 5690 </em></span> 5691 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="store dos attributes (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5144"></a>5691 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="store dos attributes (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333263"></a> 5692 5692 5693 5693 store dos attributes (S) 5694 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5145"></a><a name="STOREDOSATTRIBUTES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5694 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333264"></a><a name="STOREDOSATTRIBUTES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5695 5695 If this parameter is set Samba attempts to first read DOS attributes (SYSTEM, HIDDEN, ARCHIVE or 5696 5696 READ-ONLY) from a filesystem extended attribute, before mapping DOS attributes to UNIX permission bits (such … … 5711 5711 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>store dos attributes</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5712 5712 </em></span> 5713 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="strict allocate (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5265"></a>5713 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="strict allocate (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333384"></a> 5714 5714 5715 5715 strict allocate (S) 5716 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5266"></a><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of5716 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333385"></a><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of 5717 5717 disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> 5718 5718 the server will change from UNIX behaviour of not committing real … … 5737 5737 activate this setting on those filesystems.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict allocate</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5738 5738 </em></span> 5739 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="strict locking (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5332"></a>5739 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="strict locking (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333450"></a> 5740 5740 5741 5741 strict locking (S) 5742 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5333"></a><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5742 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333451"></a><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5743 5743 This is an enumerated type that controls the handling of file locking in the server. When this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, 5744 5744 the server will check every read and write access for file locks, and deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on … … 5756 5756 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict locking</code></em> = <code class="literal">Auto</code> 5757 5757 </em></span> 5758 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="strict sync (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5404"></a>5758 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="strict sync (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333522"></a> 5759 5759 5760 5760 strict sync (S) 5761 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5405"></a><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer5761 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333523"></a><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer 5762 5762 shell) seem to confuse flushing buffer contents to disk with doing 5763 5763 a sync to disk. Under UNIX, a sync call forces the process to be … … 5773 5773 reported with the new Windows98 explorer shell file copies.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5774 5774 </em></span> 5775 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="svcctl list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5462"></a>5775 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="svcctl list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333581"></a> 5776 5776 5777 5777 svcctl list (G) 5778 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5463"></a><a name="SVCCTLLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd5778 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333582"></a><a name="SVCCTLLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd 5779 5779 will use for starting and stopping Unix services via the Win32 5780 5780 ServiceControl API. This allows Windows administrators to … … 5789 5789 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>svcctl list</code></em> = <code class="literal">cups postfix portmap httpd</code> 5790 5790 </em></span> 5791 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="sync always (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5542"></a>5791 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="sync always (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333662"></a> 5792 5792 5793 5793 sync always (S) 5794 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5544"></a><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls5794 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333663"></a><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls 5795 5795 whether writes will always be written to stable storage before 5796 5796 the write call returns. If this is <code class="constant">no</code> then the server will be … … 5803 5803 any effect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>sync always</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5804 5804 </em></span> 5805 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="syslog only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5609"></a>5805 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="syslog only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333729"></a> 5806 5806 5807 5807 syslog only (G) 5808 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5610"></a><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5808 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333730"></a><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5809 5809 If this parameter is set then Samba debug messages are logged into the system 5810 5810 syslog only, and not to the debug log files. There still will be some … … 5812 5812 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5813 5813 </em></span> 5814 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="syslog (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5655"></a>5814 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="syslog (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333774"></a> 5815 5815 5816 5816 syslog (G) 5817 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5656"></a><a name="SYSLOG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5817 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333775"></a><a name="SYSLOG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5818 5818 This parameter maps how Samba debug messages are logged onto the system syslog logging levels. 5819 5819 Samba debug level zero maps onto syslog <code class="constant">LOG_ERR</code>, debug level one maps onto … … 5826 5826 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code> 5827 5827 </em></span> 5828 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="template homedir (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5721"></a>5828 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="template homedir (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333841"></a> 5829 5829 5830 5830 template homedir (G) 5831 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5722"></a><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT5831 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333842"></a><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 5832 5832 user, the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this 5833 5833 parameter to fill in the home directory for that user. If the … … 5837 5837 is substituted with the user's Windows NT user name.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>template homedir</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home/%D/%U</code> 5838 5838 </em></span> 5839 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="template shell (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5784"></a>5839 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="template shell (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333903"></a> 5840 5840 5841 5841 template shell (G) 5842 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5785"></a><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT5842 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333904"></a><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 5843 5843 user, the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this 5844 parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="time offset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5821"></a>5844 parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="time offset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333940"></a> 5845 5845 5846 5846 time offset (G) 5847 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5822"></a><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add5847 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333941"></a><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add 5848 5848 to the normal GMT to local time conversion. This is useful if 5849 5849 you are serving a lot of PCs that have incorrect daylight … … 5852 5852 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>time offset</code></em> = <code class="literal">60</code> 5853 5853 </em></span> 5854 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="time server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5880"></a>5854 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="time server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333998"></a> 5855 5855 5856 5856 time server (G) 5857 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5881"></a><a name="TIMESERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows5857 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334000"></a><a name="TIMESERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows 5858 5858 clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>time server</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5859 5859 </em></span> 5860 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="unix charset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5930"></a>5860 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="unix charset (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334048"></a> 5861 5861 5862 5862 unix charset (G) 5863 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5931"></a><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine5863 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334049"></a><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine 5864 5864 Samba runs on uses. Samba needs to know this in order to be able to 5865 5865 convert text to the charsets other SMB clients use. … … 5870 5870 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">ASCII</code> 5871 5871 </em></span> 5872 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="unix extensions (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 5993"></a>5872 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="unix extensions (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334111"></a> 5873 5873 5874 5874 unix extensions (G) 5875 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 5994"></a><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba5875 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334112"></a><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 5876 5876 implements the CIFS UNIX extensions, as defined by HP. 5877 5877 These extensions enable Samba to better serve UNIX CIFS clients … … 5883 5883 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix extensions</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5884 5884 </em></span> 5885 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="unix password sync (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 6053"></a>5885 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="unix password sync (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334170"></a> 5886 5886 5887 5887 unix password sync (G) 5888 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 6054"></a><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba5888 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334171"></a><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 5889 5889 attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password 5890 5890 when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed. … … 5895 5895 access to the old password cleartext, only the new).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix password sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5896 5896 </em></span> 5897 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="update encrypted (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 6110"></a>5897 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="update encrypted (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334227"></a> 5898 5898 5899 5899 update encrypted (G) 5900 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 6112"></a><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5900 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334228"></a><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5901 5901 This boolean parameter allows a user logging on with a plaintext password to have their encrypted (hashed) 5902 5902 password in the smbpasswd file to be updated automatically as they log on. This option allows a site to … … 5916 5916 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>update encrypted</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5917 5917 </em></span> 5918 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use client driver (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 6216"></a>5918 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use client driver (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334331"></a> 5919 5919 5920 5920 use client driver (S) 5921 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 6217"></a><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/20005921 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334332"></a><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000 5922 5922 clients. It has no effect on Windows 95/98/ME clients. When 5923 5923 serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing … … 5944 5944 server.</em></span></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use client driver</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5945 5945 </em></span> 5946 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use mmap (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 6284"></a>5946 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use mmap (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334399"></a> 5947 5947 5948 5948 use mmap (G) 5949 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 6285"></a><a name="USEMMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can5949 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334400"></a><a name="USEMMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can 5950 5950 depend on mmap working correctly on the running system. Samba requires a coherent 5951 5951 mmap/read-write system memory cache. Currently only HPUX does not have such a … … 5956 5956 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use mmap</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5957 5957 </em></span> 5958 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 6332"></a>5958 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username level (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334446"></a> 5959 5959 5960 5960 username level (G) 5961 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 6333"></a><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at5961 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334447"></a><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at 5962 5962 the real UNIX username, as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase 5963 5963 username. By default Samba tries all lowercase, followed by the … … 5974 5974 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username level</code></em> = <code class="literal">5</code> 5975 5975 </em></span> 5976 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username map script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 6408"></a>5976 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username map script (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334523"></a> 5977 5977 5978 5978 username map script (G) 5979 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 6410"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the5979 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334524"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the 5980 5980 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP" target="_top">username map</a> parameter. This parameter 5981 5981 specifies and external program or script that must accept a single … … 5988 5988 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers.sh</code> 5989 5989 </em></span> 5990 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 6480"></a>5990 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username map (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334594"></a> 5991 5991 5992 5992 username map (G) 5993 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 6481"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5993 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334596"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5994 5994 This option allows you to specify a file containing a mapping of usernames from the clients to the server. 5995 5995 This can be used for several purposes. The most common is to map usernames that users use on DOS or Windows … … 6075 6075 # no username map</code> 6076 6076 </em></span> 6077 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="user"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 6722"></a>6077 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="user"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334837"></a> 6078 6078 6079 6079 <a name="USER"></a>user 6080 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 6723"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="users"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336754"></a>6080 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334838"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="users"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334868"></a> 6081 6081 6082 6082 <a name="USERS"></a>users 6083 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 6755"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336785"></a>6083 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334870"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="username (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334900"></a> 6084 6084 6085 6085 username (S) 6086 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 6786"></a><a name="USERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited6086 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334901"></a><a name="USERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited 6087 6087 list, in which case the supplied password will be tested against 6088 6088 each username in turn (left to right).</p><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> line is needed only when … … 6122 6122 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> = <code class="literal">fred, mary, jack, jane, @users, @pcgroup</code> 6123 6123 </em></span> 6124 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare allow guests (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 6932"></a>6124 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare allow guests (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335046"></a> 6125 6125 6126 6126 usershare allow guests (G) 6127 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 6933"></a><a name="USERSHAREALLOWGUESTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed6127 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335047"></a><a name="USERSHAREALLOWGUESTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed 6128 6128 to be accessed by non-authenticated users or not. It is the equivalent 6129 6129 of allowing people who can create a share the option of setting … … 6132 6132 is set to off.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare allow guests</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6133 6133 </em></span> 6134 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare max shares (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 6981"></a>6134 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare max shares (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335095"></a> 6135 6135 6136 6136 usershare max shares (G) 6137 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 6982"></a><a name="USERSHAREMAXSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares6137 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335096"></a><a name="USERSHAREMAXSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares 6138 6138 that are allowed to be created by users belonging to the group owning the 6139 6139 usershare directory. If set to zero (the default) user defined shares are ignored. 6140 6140 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare max shares</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 6141 6141 </em></span> 6142 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare owner only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 7022"></a>6142 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare owner only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335137"></a> 6143 6143 6144 6144 usershare owner only (G) 6145 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7024"></a><a name="USERSHAREOWNERONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by6145 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335138"></a><a name="USERSHAREOWNERONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by 6146 6146 a user defined shares must be owned by the user creating the 6147 6147 user defined share or not. If set to True (the default) then … … 6153 6153 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare owner only</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 6154 6154 </em></span> 6155 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare path (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 7067"></a>6155 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare path (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335182"></a> 6156 6156 6157 6157 usershare path (G) 6158 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7068"></a><a name="USERSHAREPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the6158 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335184"></a><a name="USERSHAREPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the 6159 6159 filesystem used to store the user defined share definition files. 6160 6160 This directory must be owned by root, and have no access for … … 6177 6177 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare path</code></em> = <code class="literal">NULL</code> 6178 6178 </em></span> 6179 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare prefix allow list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 7131"></a>6179 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare prefix allow list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335246"></a> 6180 6180 6181 6181 usershare prefix allow list (G) 6182 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7132"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXALLOWLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames6182 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335247"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXALLOWLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames 6183 6183 the root of which are allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. 6184 6184 If the pathname to be exported doesn't start with one of the strings in this … … 6195 6195 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare prefix allow list</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home /data /space</code> 6196 6196 </em></span> 6197 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare prefix deny list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 7198"></a>6197 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare prefix deny list (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335313"></a> 6198 6198 6199 6199 usershare prefix deny list (G) 6200 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7199"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXDENYLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames6200 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335314"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXDENYLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames 6201 6201 the root of which are NOT allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. 6202 6202 If the pathname exported starts with one of the strings in this … … 6214 6214 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare prefix deny list</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc /dev /private</code> 6215 6215 </em></span> 6216 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare template share (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 7265"></a>6216 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="usershare template share (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335381"></a> 6217 6217 6218 6218 usershare template share (G) 6219 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7266"></a><a name="USERSHARETEMPLATESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>User defined shares only have limited possible parameters6219 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335382"></a><a name="USERSHARETEMPLATESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>User defined shares only have limited possible parameters 6220 6220 such as path, guest ok, etc. This parameter allows usershares to 6221 6221 "cloned" from an existing share. If "usershare template share" … … 6232 6232 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare template share</code></em> = <code class="literal">template_share</code> 6233 6233 </em></span> 6234 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use sendfile (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 7332"></a>6234 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use sendfile (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335447"></a> 6235 6235 6236 6236 use sendfile (S) 6237 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7333"></a><a name="USESENDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and the <code class="constant">sendfile()</code>6237 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335448"></a><a name="USESENDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and the <code class="constant">sendfile()</code> 6238 6238 system call is supported by the underlying operating system, then some SMB read calls 6239 6239 (mainly ReadAndX and ReadRaw) will use the more efficient sendfile system call for files that … … 6244 6244 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use sendfile</code></em> = <code class="literal">false</code> 6245 6245 </em></span> 6246 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use spnego (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 7384"></a>6246 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="use spnego (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335500"></a> 6247 6247 6248 6248 use spnego (G) 6249 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7385"></a><a name="USESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This variable controls controls whether samba will try6249 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335501"></a><a name="USESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This variable controls controls whether samba will try 6250 6250 to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with 6251 6251 WindowsXP and Windows2000 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism. … … 6255 6255 disabled.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use spnego</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6256 6256 </em></span> 6257 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="utmp directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 7431"></a>6257 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="utmp directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335546"></a> 6258 6258 6259 6259 utmp directory (G) 6260 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7432"></a><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has6260 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335548"></a><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has 6261 6261 been configured and compiled with the option <code class="literal"> 6262 6262 --with-utmp</code>. It specifies a directory pathname that is … … 6270 6270 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/utmp</code> 6271 6271 </em></span> 6272 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="utmp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 7504"></a>6272 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="utmp (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335619"></a> 6273 6273 6274 6274 utmp (G) 6275 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7505"></a><a name="UTMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6275 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335620"></a><a name="UTMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6276 6276 This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled 6277 6277 with the option <code class="literal">--with-utmp</code>. If set to … … 6285 6285 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6286 6286 </em></span> 6287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="valid users (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 7562"></a>6287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="valid users (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335677"></a> 6288 6288 6289 6289 valid users (S) 6290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7563"></a><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335678"></a><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6291 6291 This is a list of users that should be allowed to login to this service. Names starting with 6292 6292 '@', '+' and '&' are interpreted using the same rules as described in the … … 6304 6304 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>valid users</code></em> = <code class="literal">greg, @pcusers</code> 6305 6305 </em></span> 6306 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="-valid (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 7648"></a>6306 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="-valid (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335764"></a> 6307 6307 6308 6308 -valid (S) 6309 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7649"></a><a name="-VALID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is6309 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335765"></a><a name="-VALID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is 6310 6310 valid and thus can be used. When this parameter is set to false, 6311 6311 the share will be in no way visible nor accessible. … … 6316 6316 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>-valid</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6317 6317 </em></span> 6318 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="veto files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 7694"></a>6318 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="veto files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335810"></a> 6319 6319 6320 6320 veto files (S) 6321 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7695"></a><a name="VETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6321 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335812"></a><a name="VETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6322 6322 This is a list of files and directories that are neither visible nor accessible. Each entry in 6323 6323 the list must be separated by a '/', which allows spaces to be included in the entry. '*' and '?' … … 6350 6350 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>veto files</code></em> = <code class="literal">No files or directories are vetoed.</code> 6351 6351 </em></span> 6352 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="veto oplock files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 7801"></a>6352 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="veto oplock files (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335917"></a> 6353 6353 6354 6354 veto oplock files (S) 6355 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7802"></a><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6355 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335918"></a><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6356 6356 This parameter is only valid when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" target="_top">oplocks</a> 6357 6357 parameter is turned on for a share. It allows the Samba administrator … … 6374 6374 # No files are vetoed for oplock grants</code> 6375 6375 </em></span> 6376 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="vfs object"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 7887"></a>6376 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="vfs object"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336003"></a> 6377 6377 6378 6378 <a name="VFSOBJECT"></a>vfs object 6379 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7888"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="vfs objects (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337919"></a>6379 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336004"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="vfs objects (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336036"></a> 6380 6380 6381 6381 vfs objects (S) 6382 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7920"></a><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which6382 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336037"></a><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which 6383 6383 are used for Samba VFS I/O operations. By default, normal 6384 6384 disk I/O operations are used but these can be overloaded … … 6387 6387 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>vfs objects</code></em> = <code class="literal">extd_audit recycle</code> 6388 6388 </em></span> 6389 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="volume (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 7977"></a>6389 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="volume (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336094"></a> 6390 6390 6391 6391 volume (S) 6392 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 7978"></a><a name="VOLUME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the volume label6392 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336095"></a><a name="VOLUME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the volume label 6393 6393 returned for a share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs 6394 6394 that insist on a particular volume label.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>volume</code></em> = <code class="literal"> 6395 6395 # the name of the share</code> 6396 6396 </em></span> 6397 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wide links (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8019"></a>6397 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wide links (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336136"></a> 6398 6398 6399 6399 wide links (S) 6400 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8020"></a><a name="WIDELINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links6400 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336137"></a><a name="WIDELINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links 6401 6401 in the UNIX file system may be followed by the server. Links 6402 6402 that point to areas within the directory tree exported by the … … 6411 6411 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wide links</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6412 6412 </em></span> 6413 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8079"></a>6413 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind cache time (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336197"></a> 6414 6414 6415 6415 winbind cache time (G) 6416 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8080"></a><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of6416 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336198"></a><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of 6417 6417 seconds the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon will cache 6418 6418 user and group information before querying a Windows NT server … … 6422 6422 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">300</code> 6423 6423 </em></span> 6424 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind enum groups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8146"></a>6424 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind enum groups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336264"></a> 6425 6425 6426 6426 winbind enum groups (G) 6427 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8147"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress6427 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336265"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress 6428 6428 the enumeration of groups through the <code class="literal">setgrent()</code>, 6429 6429 <code class="literal">getgrent()</code> and … … 6433 6433 call will not return any data. </p><div class="warning" title="Warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Turning off group enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6434 6434 </em></span> 6435 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind enum users (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8233"></a>6435 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind enum users (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336351"></a> 6436 6436 6437 6437 winbind enum users (G) 6438 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8234"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be6438 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336352"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be 6439 6439 necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the <code class="literal">setpwent()</code>, 6440 6440 <code class="literal">getpwent()</code> and … … 6448 6448 usernames. </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum users</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6449 6449 </em></span> 6450 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind expand groups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8322"></a>6450 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind expand groups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336440"></a> 6451 6451 6452 6452 winbind expand groups (G) 6453 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8323"></a><a name="WINBINDEXPANDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum depth that winbindd6453 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336441"></a><a name="WINBINDEXPANDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum depth that winbindd 6454 6454 will traverse when flattening nested group memberships 6455 6455 of Windows domain groups. This is different from the … … 6463 6463 incoming NSS or authentication requests during this time.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind expand groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code> 6464 6464 </em></span> 6465 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind max clients (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8385"></a>6465 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind max clients (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336502"></a> 6466 6466 6467 6467 winbind max clients (G) 6468 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8386"></a><a name="WINBINDMAXCLIENTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the maximum number of clients6468 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336503"></a><a name="WINBINDMAXCLIENTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the maximum number of clients 6469 6469 the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon can connect with. 6470 6470 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind max clients</code></em> = <code class="literal">200</code> 6471 6471 </em></span> 6472 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind nested groups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8434"></a>6472 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind nested groups (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336551"></a> 6473 6473 6474 6474 winbind nested groups (G) 6475 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8435"></a><a name="WINBINDNESTEDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested6475 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336552"></a><a name="WINBINDNESTEDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested 6476 6476 groups. Nested groups are also called local groups or 6477 6477 aliases. They work like their counterparts in Windows: Nested … … 6481 6481 groups, you need to run nss_winbind.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind nested groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6482 6482 </em></span> 6483 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind normalize names (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8479"></a>6483 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind normalize names (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336596"></a> 6484 6484 6485 6485 winbind normalize names (G) 6486 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8480"></a><a name="WINBINDNORMALIZENAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace6486 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336597"></a><a name="WINBINDNORMALIZENAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace 6487 6487 whitespace in user and group names with an underscore (_) character. 6488 6488 For example, whether the name "Space Kadet" should be … … 6504 6504 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind normalize names</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6505 6505 </em></span> 6506 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind nss info (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8548"></a>6506 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind nss info (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336665"></a> 6507 6507 6508 6508 winbind nss info (G) 6509 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8549"></a><a name="WINBINDNSSINFO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name6509 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336666"></a><a name="WINBINDNSSINFO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name 6510 6510 Service Information to construct a user's home directory and login shell. 6511 6511 Currently the following settings are available: … … 6528 6528 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind nss info</code></em> = <code class="literal">sfu</code> 6529 6529 </em></span> 6530 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind offline logon (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8655"></a>6530 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind offline logon (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336772"></a> 6531 6531 6532 6532 winbind offline logon (G) 6533 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8656"></a><a name="WINBINDOFFLINELOGON"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should6533 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336773"></a><a name="WINBINDOFFLINELOGON"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should 6534 6534 allow to login with the <em class="parameter"><code>pam_winbind</code></em> 6535 6535 module using Cached Credentials. If enabled, winbindd will store user credentials … … 6539 6539 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind offline logon</code></em> = <code class="literal">true</code> 6540 6540 </em></span> 6541 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind reconnect delay (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8720"></a>6541 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind reconnect delay (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336837"></a> 6542 6542 6543 6543 winbind reconnect delay (G) 6544 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8721"></a><a name="WINBINDRECONNECTDELAY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of6544 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336838"></a><a name="WINBINDRECONNECTDELAY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of 6545 6545 seconds the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon will wait between 6546 6546 attempts to contact a Domain controller for a domain that is 6547 6547 determined to be down or not contactable.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind reconnect delay</code></em> = <code class="literal">30</code> 6548 6548 </em></span> 6549 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind refresh tickets (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8770"></a>6549 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind refresh tickets (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336887"></a> 6550 6550 6551 6551 winbind refresh tickets (G) 6552 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8771"></a><a name="WINBINDREFRESHTICKETS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets6552 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336888"></a><a name="WINBINDREFRESHTICKETS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets 6553 6553 retrieved using the <em class="parameter"><code>pam_winbind</code></em> module. 6554 6554 … … 6557 6557 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind refresh tickets</code></em> = <code class="literal">true</code> 6558 6558 </em></span> 6559 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind rpc only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8836"></a>6559 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind rpc only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336952"></a> 6560 6560 6561 6561 winbind rpc only (G) 6562 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8837"></a><a name="WINBINDRPCONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6562 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336953"></a><a name="WINBINDRPCONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6563 6563 Setting this parameter to <code class="literal">yes</code> forces 6564 6564 winbindd to use RPC instead of LDAP to retrieve information from Domain … … 6566 6566 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind rpc only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6567 6567 </em></span> 6568 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind separator (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8883"></a>6568 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind separator (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336999"></a> 6569 6569 6570 6570 winbind separator (G) 6571 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8884"></a><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character6571 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337000"></a><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character 6572 6572 used when listing a username of the form of <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN 6573 6573 </code></em>\<em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>. This parameter … … 6580 6580 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind separator</code></em> = <code class="literal">+</code> 6581 6581 </em></span> 6582 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind trusted domains only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 8965"></a>6582 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind trusted domains only (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337082"></a> 6583 6583 6584 6584 winbind trusted domains only (G) 6585 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 8966"></a><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6585 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337083"></a><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6586 6586 This parameter is designed to allow Samba servers that are members 6587 6587 of a Samba controlled domain to use UNIX accounts distributed via NIS, … … 6594 6594 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind trusted domains only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6595 6595 </em></span> 6596 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind use default domain (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 9027"></a>6596 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="winbind use default domain (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337144"></a> 6597 6597 6598 6598 winbind use default domain (G) 6599 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 9028"></a><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the6599 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337145"></a><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the 6600 6600 <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon should operate on users 6601 6601 without domain component in their username. Users without a domain … … 6607 6607 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind use default domain</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6608 6608 </em></span> 6609 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins hook (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 9096"></a>6609 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins hook (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337213"></a> 6610 6610 6611 6611 wins hook (G) 6612 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 9097"></a><a name="WINSHOOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this6612 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337214"></a><a name="WINSHOOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this 6613 6613 allows you to call an external program for all changes to the 6614 6614 WINS database. The primary use for this option is to allow the … … 6631 6631 empty then the name should be deleted.</p></li></ul></div><p>An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update 6632 6632 program <code class="literal">nsupdate</code> is provided in the examples 6633 directory of the Samba source code. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins proxy (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 9190"></a>6633 directory of the Samba source code. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins proxy (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337308"></a> 6634 6634 6635 6635 wins proxy (G) 6636 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 9192"></a><a name="WINSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name6636 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337309"></a><a name="WINSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name 6637 6637 queries on behalf of other hosts. You may need to set this 6638 6638 to <code class="constant">yes</code> for some older clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6639 6639 </em></span> 6640 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 9244"></a>6640 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins server (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337360"></a> 6641 6641 6642 6642 wins server (G) 6643 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 9245"></a><a name="WINSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP6643 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337361"></a><a name="WINSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP 6644 6644 address for preference) of the WINS server that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> should register with. If you have a WINS server on 6645 6645 your network then you should set this to the WINS server's IP.</p><p>You should point this at your WINS server if you have a … … 6660 6660 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins server</code></em> = <code class="literal">192.9.200.1 192.168.2.61</code> 6661 6661 </em></span> 6662 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 9346"></a>6662 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wins support (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337463"></a> 6663 6663 6664 6664 wins support (G) 6665 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 9348"></a><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should6665 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337464"></a><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should 6666 6666 not set this to <code class="constant">yes</code> unless you have a multi-subnetted network and 6667 6667 you wish a particular <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to be your WINS server. … … 6669 6669 on more than one machine in your network.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6670 6670 </em></span> 6671 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="workgroup (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 9413"></a>6671 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="workgroup (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337530"></a> 6672 6672 6673 6673 workgroup (G) 6674 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 9414"></a><a name="WORKGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will6674 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337531"></a><a name="WORKGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will 6675 6675 appear to be in when queried by clients. Note that this parameter 6676 6676 also controls the Domain name used with … … 6680 6680 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>workgroup</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYGROUP</code> 6681 6681 </em></span> 6682 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="writable"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 9484"></a>6682 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="writable"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337600"></a> 6683 6683 6684 6684 <a name="WRITABLE"></a>writable 6685 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 9485"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="writeable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339515"></a>6685 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337601"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="writeable (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337630"></a> 6686 6686 6687 6687 writeable (S) 6688 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 9516"></a><a name="WRITEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>writeable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>6689 </em></span> 6690 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="write cache size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 9566"></a>6688 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337632"></a><a name="WRITEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>writeable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6689 </em></span> 6690 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="write cache size (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337681"></a> 6691 6691 6692 6692 write cache size (S) 6693 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 9567"></a><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value,6693 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337682"></a><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 6694 6694 Samba will create an in-memory cache for each oplocked file 6695 6695 (it does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> do this for … … 6709 6709 # for a 256k cache size per file</code> 6710 6710 </em></span> 6711 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="write list (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 9640"></a>6711 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="write list (S)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337755"></a> 6712 6712 6713 6713 write list (S) 6714 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 9641"></a><a name="WRITELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6714 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337756"></a><a name="WRITELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6715 6715 This is a list of users that are given read-write access to a service. If the 6716 6716 connecting user is in this list then they will be given write access, no matter … … 6727 6727 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write list</code></em> = <code class="literal">admin, root, @staff</code> 6728 6728 </em></span> 6729 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="write raw (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 9728"></a>6729 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="write raw (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337844"></a> 6730 6730 6731 6731 write raw (G) 6732 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 9730"></a><a name="WRITERAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server6732 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337845"></a><a name="WRITERAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server 6733 6733 will support raw write SMB's when transferring data from clients. 6734 6734 You should never need to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write raw</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6735 6735 </em></span> 6736 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wtmp directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id33 9771"></a>6736 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" title="wtmp directory (G)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337886"></a> 6737 6737 6738 6738 wtmp directory (G) 6739 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id33 9772"></a><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6739 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337887"></a><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6740 6740 This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option <code class="literal"> 6741 6741 --with-utmp</code>. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on … … 6749 6749 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wtmp directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/log/wtmp</code> 6750 6750 </em></span> 6751 </p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="WARNINGS"><a name="id33 9848"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p>6751 </p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" title="WARNINGS"><a name="id337964"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p> 6752 6752 Although the configuration file permits service names to contain spaces, your client software may not. 6753 6753 Spaces will be ignored in comparisons anyway, so it shouldn't be a problem - but be aware of the possibility. … … 6762 6762 care when designing these sections. In particular, ensure that the permissions on spool directories are 6763 6763 correct. 6764 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id33 9891"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id339902"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>6765 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id33 9981"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>6764 </p></div><div class="refsect1" title="VERSION"><a name="id338007"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="SEE ALSO"><a name="id338018"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 6765 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" title="AUTHOR"><a name="id338098"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 6766 6766 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 6767 6767 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.
Note:
See TracChangeset
for help on using the changeset viewer.
